blob: 45804246962b80fb6481cfda9c2302e8fd57716f [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000015#include "CXXABI.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000018#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000019#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
Dmitri Gribenkoca7f80a2012-08-09 00:03:17 +000020#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000027#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000028#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000030#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000031#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000032#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000033#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000035#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000036#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000037#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +000038#include <map>
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000039
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000040using namespace clang;
41
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000044unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000046unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000048unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000050unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000052unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
54
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000055enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000056 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000057};
58
Dmitri Gribenkof26054f2012-07-11 21:38:39 +000059RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +000060 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
61 ExternalSource->ReadComments();
62 CommentsLoaded = true;
63 }
64
65 assert(D);
66
Dmitri Gribenkodf17d642012-06-28 16:19:39 +000067 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
68 if (D->isImplicit())
69 return NULL;
70
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +000071 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
74 return NULL;
75 }
76
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000077 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
80 return NULL;
81 }
82
83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
85 return NULL;
86 }
87
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +000088 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind();
91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared)
93 return NULL;
94 }
95
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000096 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
98 return NULL;
99 }
100
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000101 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
102 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
103 return NULL;
104
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000105 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
106 // documentation.
107 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
108 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
109 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
110 return NULL;
111
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000112 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000113
114 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
115 if (RawComments.empty())
116 return NULL;
117
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000118 // Find declaration location.
119 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
120 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
121 // location".
122 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
123 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
124 SourceLocation DeclLoc;
125 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000126 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko7f4b3772012-08-02 20:49:51 +0000127 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
128 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000129 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
130 else
131 DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
132
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000133 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
134 // can't find the comment.
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000135 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
136 return NULL;
137
138 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000139 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
140 {
141 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
142 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
143 // first.
144 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc));
145 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
146 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
147 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
148 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
149 MaybeBeforeDecl--;
150 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
151 }
152
153 if (Found) {
154 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
155 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
156 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
157 } else {
158 // Slow path.
159 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
160 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
161 }
162 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000163
164 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
165 // file buffer.
166 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
167
168 // First check whether we have a trailing comment.
169 if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000170 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
Dmitri Gribenko44cd7e62012-07-06 23:27:33 +0000171 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000172 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000173 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000174 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
175 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
176 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
177 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
178 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
179 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000180 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000181 }
182 }
183
184 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
185 // Let's look at the previous comment.
186 if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
187 return NULL;
188 --Comment;
189
190 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000191 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000192 return NULL;
193
194 // Decompose the end of the comment.
195 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000196 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000197
198 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
199 // aren't related.
200 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
201 return NULL;
202
203 // Get the corresponding buffer.
204 bool Invalid = false;
205 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
206 &Invalid).data();
207 if (Invalid)
208 return NULL;
209
210 // Extract text between the comment and declaration.
211 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
212 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
213
Dmitri Gribenko7e8729b2012-06-27 23:43:37 +0000214 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
215 // comment and declaration.
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000216 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000217 return NULL;
218
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000219 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000220}
221
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000222namespace {
223/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
224/// refer to the actual template.
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000225/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000226const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000227 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000228 // Is this function declaration part of a function template?
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000229 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000230 return FTD;
231
232 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
233 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
234 return D;
235
236 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
237 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
238 return FTD;
239
240 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
241 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
242 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
243 return MemberDecl;
244
245 return D;
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000246 }
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000247 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
248 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
249 // template?
250 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
251 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
252 return MemberDecl;
253
254 return D;
255 }
256 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
257 // Is this class declaration part of a class template?
258 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
259 return CTD;
260
261 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
262 // specialization?
263 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
264 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
265 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
266 return D;
267 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
268 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
269 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
270 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
271 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
272 static_cast<const Decl*>(
273 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
274 }
275
276 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
277 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
278 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
279 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
280
281 return D;
282 }
283 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
284 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
285 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
286 return MemberDecl;
287
288 return D;
289 }
290 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000291 return D;
292}
293} // unnamed namespace
294
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000295const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
296 const Decl *D,
297 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000298 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000299
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000300 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
301 {
302 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
303 RedeclComments.find(D);
304 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
305 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000306 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
307 if (OriginalDecl)
308 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000309 return Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000310 }
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000311 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000312 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000313
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000314 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
315 const RawComment *RC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000316 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000317 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
318 E = D->redecls_end();
319 I != E; ++I) {
320 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
321 RedeclComments.find(*I);
322 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
323 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
324 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
325 RC = Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000326 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000327 break;
328 }
329 } else {
330 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000331 OriginalDeclForRC = *I;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000332 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
333 if (RC) {
334 Raw.setRaw(RC);
335 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
336 } else
337 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000338 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000339 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw;
340 if (RC)
341 break;
342 }
343 }
344
Dmitri Gribenko5c8897d2012-06-28 16:25:36 +0000345 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
346 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation());
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000347
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000348 if (OriginalDecl)
349 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
350
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000351 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
352 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
353 Raw.setRaw(RC);
354 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000355 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000356
357 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
358 E = D->redecls_end();
359 I != E; ++I) {
360 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I];
361 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
362 R = Raw;
363 }
364
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000365 return RC;
366}
367
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000368static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
369 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
370 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
371 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
372 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
373 if (!ID)
374 return;
375 // Add redeclared method here.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000376 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
377 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(),
378 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end();
379 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000380 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000381 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000382 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
383 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
384 }
385 }
386}
387
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000388comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
389 const Decl *D) const {
390 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
391 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
392 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
393 ThisDeclInfo->fill();
394 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
395 comments::FullComment *CFC =
396 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
397 ThisDeclInfo);
398 return CFC;
399
400}
401
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000402comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
403 const Decl *D,
404 const Preprocessor *PP) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000405 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000406
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000407 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
408 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
409 ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000410
411 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000412 if (Canonical != D) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000413 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000414 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000415 return CFC;
416 }
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000417 return Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000418 }
419
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000420 const Decl *OriginalDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000421
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000422 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000423 if (!RC) {
424 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000425 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000426 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000427 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor())
428 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl())
429 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP))
430 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000431 if (OMD)
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000432 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
433 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000434 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++)
435 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP))
436 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000437 }
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000438 else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000439 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000440 // does not have one of its own.
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000441 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType();
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000442 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>())
443 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl())
444 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP))
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000445 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000446 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000447 return NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000448 }
449
Dmitri Gribenkobfda9f72012-08-22 18:12:19 +0000450 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
451 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important
452 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
453 // different across redeclarations.
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000454 if (D != OriginalDecl)
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000455 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000456
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000457 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000458 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
459 return FC;
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000460}
461
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000462void
463ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
464 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
465 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
466 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000467 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000468
469 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
470 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
471 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
472 PEnd = Params->end();
473 P != PEnd; ++P) {
474 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
475 ID.AddInteger(0);
476 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
477 continue;
478 }
479
480 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
481 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000482 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000483 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000484 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
485 ID.AddBoolean(true);
486 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000487 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
488 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
489 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
490 }
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000491 } else
492 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000493 continue;
494 }
495
496 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
497 ID.AddInteger(2);
498 Profile(ID, TTP);
499 }
500}
501
502TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
503ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000504 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000505 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
506 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
507 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
508 void *InsertPos = 0;
509 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
510 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
511 if (Canonical)
512 return Canonical->getParam();
513
514 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
515 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000516 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000517 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
518 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
519 PEnd = Params->end();
520 P != PEnd; ++P) {
521 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
522 CanonParams.push_back(
523 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnarab3185b02011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000524 SourceLocation(),
525 SourceLocation(),
526 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000527 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
528 TTP->isParameterPack()));
529 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000530 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
531 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
532 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
533 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
534 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000535 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
536 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000537 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
538 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
539 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
540 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
541 }
542
543 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000544 SourceLocation(),
545 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000546 NTTP->getDepth(),
547 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
548 T,
549 TInfo,
550 ExpandedTypes.data(),
551 ExpandedTypes.size(),
552 ExpandedTInfos.data());
553 } else {
554 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000555 SourceLocation(),
556 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000557 NTTP->getDepth(),
558 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
559 T,
560 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
561 TInfo);
562 }
563 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
564
565 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000566 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
567 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
568 }
569
570 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
571 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
572 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000573 TTP->getPosition(),
574 TTP->isParameterPack(),
575 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000576 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
577 SourceLocation(),
578 CanonParams.data(),
579 CanonParams.size(),
580 SourceLocation()));
581
582 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
583 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
584 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
585 (void)Canonical;
586
587 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
588 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
589 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
590 return CanonTTP;
591}
592
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000593CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000594 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
595
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000596 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) {
597 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
598 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000599 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000600 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000601 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000602 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000603 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000604 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
605 }
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000606 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000607}
608
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000609static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000610 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
611 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
612 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
613 // language-specific address space.
614 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
615 1, // opencl_global
616 2, // opencl_local
Peter Collingbournef44bdf92012-05-20 21:08:35 +0000617 3, // opencl_constant
618 4, // cuda_device
619 5, // cuda_constant
620 6 // cuda_shared
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000621 };
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000622 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000623 } else {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000624 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000625 }
626}
627
Douglas Gregor7018d5b2011-09-01 20:23:19 +0000628ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000629 const TargetInfo *t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000630 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000631 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000632 unsigned size_reserve,
633 bool DelayInitialization)
634 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
635 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
636 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
637 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
638 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
639 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +0000640 BuiltinVaListDecl(0),
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +0000641 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0),
Fariborz Jahanianf2578572012-08-30 18:49:41 +0000642 BOOLDecl(0),
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +0000643 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000644 FILEDecl(0),
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +0000645 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0),
646 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
647 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000648 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
649 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000650 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000651 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000652 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
653 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
654 DeclarationNames(*this),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000655 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0),
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000656 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false),
Dmitri Gribenkoacf2e782013-02-22 14:21:27 +0000657 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000658 LastSDM(0, 0),
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000659 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0)
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000660{
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000661 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000662 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000663
664 if (!DelayInitialization) {
665 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization");
666 InitBuiltinTypes(*t);
667 }
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000668}
669
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000670ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000671 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
672 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
673 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000674
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000675 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
676 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
677 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000678
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000679 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000680 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
681 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
682 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
683 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
684 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
685 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
686 R->Destroy(*this);
687
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000688 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
689 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
690 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
691 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
692 R->Destroy(*this);
693 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000694
695 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
696 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
697 A != AEnd; ++A)
698 A->second->~AttrVec();
699}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000700
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000701void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
702 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
703}
704
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000705void
Dylan Noblesmithe2778992012-02-05 02:12:40 +0000706ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000707 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
708}
709
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000710void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000711 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
712 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000713
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000714 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000716#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
717#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
718 0 // Extra
719 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000720
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000721 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
722 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000723 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000724 }
725
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000726 unsigned Idx = 0;
727 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
728#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
729 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000730 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
731 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000732 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
733 ++Idx;
734#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
735#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000736
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000737 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
738
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000739 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000740 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
741 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
742 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
743 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
744 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
745 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000747 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
748 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
749 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
750 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
751 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
752 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000754 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
755 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
756 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
757 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
758 << NumImplicitDestructors
759 << " implicit destructors created\n";
760
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000761 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000762 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000763 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
764 }
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000765
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000766 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000767}
768
Douglas Gregor801c99d2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000769TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
770 if (!Int128Decl) {
771 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
772 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
773 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
774 SourceLocation(),
775 SourceLocation(),
776 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
777 TInfo);
778 }
779
780 return Int128Decl;
781}
782
783TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
784 if (!UInt128Decl) {
785 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
786 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
787 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
788 SourceLocation(),
789 SourceLocation(),
790 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
791 TInfo);
792 }
793
794 return UInt128Decl;
795}
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000796
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000797void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000798 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000799 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000800 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000801}
802
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000803void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) {
804 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
805 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000806 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000808 this->Target = &Target;
809
810 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
811 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
812
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000813 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000814 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000815
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000816 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000817 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000818 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000819 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000820 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
821 else
822 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000823 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000824 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
825 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
826 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
827 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
828 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000829
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000830 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000831 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
832 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
833 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
834 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
835 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000836
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000837 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000838 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
839 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
840 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000841
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000842 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
843 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
844 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
845
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000846 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedman786d0872011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000847 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000848 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
849 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
850 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000851 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar)
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000852 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000853
James Molloy36365542012-05-04 10:55:22 +0000854 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
855
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000856 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
857 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
858 else // C99
859 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
860
861 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
862 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
863 else // C99
864 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
865
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000866 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
867 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
868 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
869 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
870 // expressions.
871 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000872
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000873 // Placeholder type for functions.
874 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
875
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000876 // Placeholder type for bound members.
877 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
878
John McCall526ab472011-10-25 17:37:35 +0000879 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
880 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
881
John McCall31996342011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000882 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
883 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
884
John McCall8a6b59a2011-10-17 18:09:15 +0000885 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
886 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
887
Eli Friedman34866c72012-08-31 00:14:07 +0000888 // Placeholder type for builtin functions.
889 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
890
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000891 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000892 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
893 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
894 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000895
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000896 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000897 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
898 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000899 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000900
901 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
902 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d);
903 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray);
904 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer);
905 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d);
906 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray);
907 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000908
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +0000909 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000910 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000911 }
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000912
913 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
Fariborz Jahanian29898f42012-04-16 21:03:30 +0000914 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
915 SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000916
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000917 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000918
919 ObjCSuperType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000920
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000921 // void * type
922 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000923
924 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
925 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000926
927 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
928 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +0000929
930 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
931 VaListTagTy = QualType();
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000932}
933
David Blaikie9c902b52011-09-25 23:23:43 +0000934DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000935 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
936}
937
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000938AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
939 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
940 if (!Result) {
941 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
942 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
943 }
944
945 return *Result;
946}
947
948/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
949void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
950 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
951 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
952 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
953 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
954 }
955}
956
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000957MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000958ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000959 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000960 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000961 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
962 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
963 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000964
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000965 return Pos->second;
966}
967
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000968void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000969ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000970 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
971 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000972 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
973 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
974 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
975 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000976 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000977 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000978}
979
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000980FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
981 const FunctionDecl *FD){
982 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
983 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000984 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
985 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000986 return 0;
987
988 return Pos->second;
989}
990
991void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
992 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
993 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
994 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000995 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000996}
997
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000998NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000999ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001000 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001001 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
1002 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001003 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001005 return Pos->second;
1006}
1007
1008void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001009ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
1010 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
1011 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
1012 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
1013 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
1014 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1015 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
1016}
1017
1018UsingShadowDecl *
1019ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
1020 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
1021 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
1022 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
1023 return 0;
1024
1025 return Pos->second;
1026}
1027
1028void
1029ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
1030 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
1031 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1032 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001033}
1034
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001035FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
1036 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
1037 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
1038 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
1039 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001040
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001041 return Pos->second;
1042}
1043
1044void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
1045 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
1046 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
1047 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
1048 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
1049 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001050
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001051 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
1052}
1053
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001054bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1055 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1056 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001057 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001058}
1059
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001060bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1061 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1062 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001063 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 &&
1064 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0);
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001065}
1066
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001067bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1068 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1069 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001070 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) &&
1071 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001072}
1073
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001074bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001075 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1076 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001077 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001078}
1079
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001080bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001081 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1082 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001083 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001084}
1085
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001086ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1087ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1088 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001089 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001090 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1091 return 0;
1092
1093 return Pos->second.begin();
1094}
1095
1096ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1097ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1098 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001099 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001100 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1101 return 0;
1102
1103 return Pos->second.end();
1104}
1105
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001106unsigned
1107ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1108 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001109 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001110 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1111 return 0;
1112
1113 return Pos->second.size();
1114}
1115
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001116void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1117 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001118 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001119 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
1120}
1121
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +00001122void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
1123 const NamedDecl *D,
1124 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001125 assert(D);
1126
1127 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001128 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(),
1129 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001130 return;
1131 }
1132
1133 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1134 if (!Method)
1135 return;
1136
Argyrios Kyrtzidis353f6a42012-10-09 18:19:01 +00001137 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
1138 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001139 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001140}
1141
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +00001142void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
1143 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
1144 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
1145 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
1146 FirstLocalImport = Import;
1147 LastLocalImport = Import;
1148 return;
1149 }
1150
1151 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
1152 LastLocalImport = Import;
1153}
1154
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001155//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1156// Type Sizing and Analysis
1157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001158
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001159/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
1160/// scalar floating point type.
1161const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001162 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001163 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
1164 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001165 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001166 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001167 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
1168 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
1169 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001170 }
1171}
1172
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +00001173/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001174/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
1175/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001176/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
1177/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001178CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001179 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001180
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001181 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
1182 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
1183 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001184
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001185 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
1186 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
1187 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
1188 //
Peter Collingbourne2f3cf4b2011-09-29 18:04:28 +00001189 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001190 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
1191 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1192 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1193 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
1194 } else {
1195 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
1196 }
1197 }
Fariborz Jahanian9f107182011-05-05 21:19:14 +00001198 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
1199 UseAlignAttrOnly =
1200 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1201 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001202
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001203 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
1204 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001205 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001206 // do nothing
1207
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001208 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001209 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001210 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001211 if (RefAsPointee)
1212 T = RT->getPointeeType();
1213 else
1214 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
1215 }
1216 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001217 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
1218 // large-array alignment on the target.
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001219 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001220 const ArrayType *arrayType;
1221 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
1222 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001223 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001224 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
1225 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001226 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001227
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001228 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
1229 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
1230 }
Chad Rosier99ee7822011-07-26 07:03:04 +00001231 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001232 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001233
1234 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
1235 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
1236 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
1237 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
1238 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
1239 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
1240 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
1241 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
1242
1243 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001244 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001245
1246 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
1247 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
1248 if (offset > 0) {
1249 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
1250 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
1251 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
1252 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
1253 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
1254 }
1255
1256 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +00001257 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001258 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001259
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001260 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001261}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001262
John McCallf1249922012-08-21 04:10:00 +00001263// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
1264// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is
1265// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
1266// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
1267std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
1268ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
1269 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
1270
1271 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
1272 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible
1273 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
1274 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1275 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1276 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
1277 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
1278 }
1279 }
1280
1281 return sizeAndAlign;
1282}
1283
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001284std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001285ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001286 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001287 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
1288 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001289}
1290
1291std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001292ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001293 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
1294}
1295
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001296std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
1297 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
1298 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
1299 return it->second;
1300
1301 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
1302 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info));
1303 return Info;
1304}
1305
1306/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
1307/// method does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001308///
1309/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
1310/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
1311/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001312std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001313ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +00001314 uint64_t Width=0;
1315 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001316 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001317#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1318#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001319#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001320#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1321#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCall15547bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +00001322 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001323
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001324 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1325 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001326 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
1327 Width = 0;
1328 Align = 32;
1329 break;
1330
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001331 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001332 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001333 Width = 0;
1334 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
1335 break;
1336
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001337 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001338 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001339
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001340 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001341 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001342 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
1343 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001344 Width = EltInfo.first*Size;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001345 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisae40e4e2011-04-26 21:05:39 +00001346 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001347 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +00001348 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001349 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001350 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001351 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
1352 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
1353 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001354 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +00001355 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
1356 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +00001357 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001358 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
1359 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
1360 }
Chad Rosiercc40ea72012-07-13 23:57:43 +00001361 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
1362 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
1363 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
1364 Align = TargetVectorAlign;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001365 break;
1366 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001367
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001368 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001369 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001370 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001371 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001372 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
1373 Width = 0;
1374 Align = 8;
1375 break;
1376
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001377 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001378 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
1379 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001380 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001381 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
1382 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
1383 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001384 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001385 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
1386 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001387 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00001388 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
1389 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001390 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
1391 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001392 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001393 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001394 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
1395 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001396 break;
1397 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001398 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
1399 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001400 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001401 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001402 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001403 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
1404 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001405 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001406 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001407 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001408 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1409 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001410 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001411 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001412 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001413 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
1414 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001415 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001416 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001417 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001418 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
1419 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001420 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +00001421 case BuiltinType::Int128:
1422 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
1423 Width = 128;
1424 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
1425 break;
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001426 case BuiltinType::Half:
1427 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
1428 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
1429 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001430 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001431 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
1432 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001433 break;
1434 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001435 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
1436 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001437 break;
1438 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001439 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
1440 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001441 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001442 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001443 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
1444 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +00001445 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001446 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1447 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1448 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001449 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1450 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001451 break;
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00001452 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
1453 // Samplers are modeled as integers.
1454 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1455 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
1456 break;
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00001457 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001458 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
1459 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
1460 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
1461 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
1462 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
1463 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
1464 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types.
1465 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1466 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
1467 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001468 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +00001469 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001470 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001471 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1472 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001473 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001474 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001475 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1476 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001477 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1478 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001479 break;
1480 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001481 case Type::LValueReference:
1482 case Type::RValueReference: {
1483 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
1484 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001485 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1486 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001487 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1488 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001489 break;
1490 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001491 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001492 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001493 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1494 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001495 break;
1496 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001497 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001498 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001500 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001501 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001502 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
1503 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001504 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001505 case Type::Complex: {
1506 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
1507 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001508 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001509 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001510 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001511 Align = EltInfo.second;
1512 break;
1513 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001514 case Type::ObjCObject:
1515 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001516 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001517 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001518 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001519 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001520 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001521 break;
1522 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001523 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001524 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001525 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1526
1527 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor7f971892011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001528 Width = 8;
1529 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001530 break;
1531 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001532
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001533 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001534 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
1535
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001536 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001537 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001538 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001539 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001540 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001541 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001542
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001543 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001544 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1545 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001546
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001547 case Type::Auto: {
1548 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
1549 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001550 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001551 }
1552
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001553 case Type::Paren:
1554 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1555
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001556 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001557 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001558 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1559 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001560 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1561 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1562 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
1563 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
1564 Align = AttrAlign;
1565 else
1566 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001567 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001568 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001569 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001570
1571 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1572 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1573 .getTypePtr());
1574
1575 case Type::TypeOf:
1576 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1577
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001578 case Type::Decltype:
1579 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1580 .getTypePtr());
1581
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001582 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1583 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1584
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001585 case Type::Elaborated:
1586 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001587
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001588 case Type::Attributed:
1589 return getTypeInfo(
1590 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1591
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001592 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001593 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001594 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001595 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1596 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1597 // aligned attribute on it.
1598 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1599 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1600 else
1601 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1602 }
1603
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001604 case Type::Atomic: {
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001605 // Start with the base type information.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001606 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1607 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1608 Width = Info.first;
1609 Align = Info.second;
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001610
1611 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max
1612 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more
1613 // favorable to atomic operations:
1614 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) {
1615 // Round the size up to a power of 2.
1616 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
1617 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width);
1618
1619 // Set the alignment equal to the size.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001620 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1621 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001622 }
1623
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001624 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001625
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001626 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001627 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001628}
1629
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001630/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1631CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1632 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1633}
1634
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001635/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1636int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1637 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1638}
1639
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001640/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1641/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001642CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001643 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001644}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001645CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001646 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001647}
1648
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001649/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001650/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001651CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001652 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001653}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001654CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001655 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001656}
1657
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001658/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1659/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1660/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1661/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001662unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001663 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001664
1665 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001666 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001667 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1668 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
Chad Rosierb57321a2012-03-21 20:20:47 +00001669 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1670 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001671 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1672
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001673 return ABIAlign;
1674}
1675
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001676/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1677/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1678/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1679/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1680/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001681///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001682void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1683 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001684 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001685 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1686 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1687 if (!leafClass) {
1688 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1689 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001690 Ivars.push_back(*I);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001691 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001693 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001694 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1695 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1696 }
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001697}
1698
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001699/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1700/// those inherited by it.
1701void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001702 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001703 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001704 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1705 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1706 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1707 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001708 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001709 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001710 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001711 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001712 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001713 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1714 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001715 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001716
1717 // Categories of this Interface.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001718 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
1719 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(),
1720 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end();
1721 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
1722 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols);
1723 }
1724
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001725 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1726 while (SD) {
1727 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1728 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1729 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001730 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001731 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001732 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1733 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001734 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001735 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1736 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1737 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1738 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001739 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001740 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1741 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1742 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001743 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001744 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1745 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1746 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1747 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001748 }
1749}
1750
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001751unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001752 unsigned count = 0;
1753 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001754 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
1755 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(),
1756 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end();
1757 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
1758 count += Ext->ivar_size();
1759 }
1760
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001761 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1762 // includes synthesized ivars.
1763 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001764 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1765
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001766 return count;
1767}
1768
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2e809ce2012-02-03 05:58:16 +00001769bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
1770 if (!E)
1771 return false;
1772
1773 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
1774 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
1775
1776 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
1777 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
1778 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
1779 return true;
1780
1781 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
1782 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
1783
1784 return false;
1785}
1786
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001787/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1788ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1789 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1790 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1791 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1792 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1793 return 0;
1794}
1795/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1796ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1797 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1798 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1799 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1800 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1801 return 0;
1802}
1803
1804/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1805void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1806 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1807 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1808 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1809}
1810/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1811void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1812 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1813 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1814 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1815}
1816
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001817const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(
1818 const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1819 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID =
1820 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001821 return ID;
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001822 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD =
1823 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001824 return CD->getClassInterface();
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001825 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD =
1826 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001827 return IMD->getClassInterface();
1828
1829 return 0;
1830}
1831
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001832/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1833/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001834Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001835 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1836 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1837 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001838 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001839 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001840 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1841}
1842
1843/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1844void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1845 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001846 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1847 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001848 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1849}
1850
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001851TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001852 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001853 if (!DataSize)
1854 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1855 else
1856 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001857 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001858
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001859 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1860 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1861 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1862 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001863}
1864
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001865TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001866 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001867 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001868 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001869 return DI;
1870}
1871
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001872const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001873ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001874 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1875}
1876
1877const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001878ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1879 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001880 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1881}
1882
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001883//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1884// Type creation/memoization methods
1885//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1886
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001887QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001888ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1889 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1890 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001891
1892 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1893 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001894 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1895 void *insertPos = 0;
1896 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1897 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1898 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001899 }
1900
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001901 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1902 QualType canon;
1903 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1904 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001905 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1906 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001907
1908 // Re-find the insert position.
1909 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1910 }
1911
1912 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1913 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1914 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001915}
1916
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001917QualType
1918ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001919 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1920 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001921 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001922
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001923 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1924 // into one ExtQuals node.
1925 QualifierCollector Quals;
1926 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001927
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001928 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1929 // another one.
1930 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1931 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1932 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001934 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001935}
1936
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001937QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001938 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001939 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001940 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001941 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001942
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001943 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1944 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001945 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001946 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1947 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1948 }
1949 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001950
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001951 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1952 // into one ExtQuals node.
1953 QualifierCollector Quals;
1954 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001956 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1957 // another one.
1958 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1959 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1960 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001962 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001963}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001964
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001965const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1966 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1967 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1968 return T;
1969
1970 QualType Result;
1971 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1972 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1973 } else {
1974 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1975 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1976 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1977 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1978 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1979 }
1980
1981 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1982}
1983
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001984/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1985/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001986QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001987 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1988 // structure.
1989 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1990 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001992 void *InsertPos = 0;
1993 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1994 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001996 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1997 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1998 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001999 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002000 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002001
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002002 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2003 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002004 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002005 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002006 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002007 Types.push_back(New);
2008 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2009 return QualType(New, 0);
2010}
2011
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00002012/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
2013/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002014QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00002015 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2016 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002017 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002018 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002019
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002020 void *InsertPos = 0;
2021 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002022 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002024 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2025 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002026 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002027 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002028 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002030 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2031 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002032 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002033 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002034 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002035 Types.push_back(New);
2036 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002037 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00002038}
2039
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002040/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002041/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002042QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00002043 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
2044 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002045 // structure.
2046 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2047 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002048
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002049 void *InsertPos = 0;
2050 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
2051 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2052 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053
2054 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002055 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
2056 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002057 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002058 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002059
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002060 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2061 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
2062 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002063 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002064 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002065 BlockPointerType *New
2066 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002067 Types.push_back(New);
2068 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2069 return QualType(New, 0);
2070}
2071
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002072/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2073/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002074QualType
2075ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor291e8ee2011-05-21 22:16:50 +00002076 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
2077 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
2078
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002079 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2080 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002081 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002082 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002083
2084 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002085 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
2086 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002087 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002088
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002089 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2090
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002091 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2092 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2093 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002094 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2095 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2096 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002097
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002098 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002099 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2100 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002101 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002102 }
2103
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002104 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002105 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
2106 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002107 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002108 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002109
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002110 return QualType(New, 0);
2111}
2112
2113/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2114/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002115QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002116 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2117 // structure.
2118 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002119 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002120
2121 void *InsertPos = 0;
2122 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
2123 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2124 return QualType(RT, 0);
2125
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002126 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2127
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002128 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2129 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2130 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002131 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2132 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2133 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002134
2135 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2136 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2137 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002138 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002139 }
2140
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002141 RValueReferenceType *New
2142 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002143 Types.push_back(New);
2144 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002145 return QualType(New, 0);
2146}
2147
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002148/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
2149/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002150QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002151 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2152 // structure.
2153 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2154 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
2155
2156 void *InsertPos = 0;
2157 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
2158 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2159 return QualType(PT, 0);
2160
2161 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
2162 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2163 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00002164 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002165 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
2166
2167 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2168 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
2169 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002170 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002171 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002172 MemberPointerType *New
2173 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002174 Types.push_back(New);
2175 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2176 return QualType(New, 0);
2177}
2178
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002180/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002181QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002182 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002183 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002184 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00002185 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
2186 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00002187 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
2188
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002189 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
2190 // the target.
2191 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00002192 ArySize =
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00002193 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002194
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002195 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002196 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002197
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002198 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002199 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002200 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002201 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002202
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002203 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
2204 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2205 QualType Canon;
2206 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2207 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002208 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002209 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002210 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002211
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002212 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002213 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002214 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002215 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002216 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002217
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002218 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002219 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002220 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002221 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002222 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002223}
2224
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002225/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
2226/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
2227/// sizes replaced with [*].
2228QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
2229 // Vastly most common case.
2230 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002231
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002232 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002233
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002234 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002235 const Type *ty = split.Ty;
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002236 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
2237#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2238#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2239#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2240#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2241 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
2242
2243 // These types should never be variably-modified.
2244 case Type::Builtin:
2245 case Type::Complex:
2246 case Type::Vector:
2247 case Type::ExtVector:
2248 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
2249 case Type::ObjCObject:
2250 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2251 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
2252 case Type::Record:
2253 case Type::Enum:
2254 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
2255 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
2256 case Type::TypeOf:
2257 case Type::Decltype:
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002258 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002259 case Type::DependentName:
2260 case Type::InjectedClassName:
2261 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
2262 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
2263 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
2264 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002265 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002266 case Type::PackExpansion:
2267 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
2268
2269 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
2270 // further decay.
2271 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
2272 case Type::FunctionProto:
2273 case Type::BlockPointer:
2274 case Type::MemberPointer:
2275 return type;
2276
2277 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
2278 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
2279 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
2280 // optimizations available here.
2281 case Type::Pointer:
2282 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
2283 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
2284 break;
2285
2286 case Type::LValueReference: {
2287 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
2288 result = getLValueReferenceType(
2289 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
2290 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
2291 break;
2292 }
2293
2294 case Type::RValueReference: {
2295 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
2296 result = getRValueReferenceType(
2297 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
2298 break;
2299 }
2300
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002301 case Type::Atomic: {
2302 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
2303 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
2304 break;
2305 }
2306
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002307 case Type::ConstantArray: {
2308 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
2309 result = getConstantArrayType(
2310 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
2311 cat->getSize(),
2312 cat->getSizeModifier(),
2313 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2314 break;
2315 }
2316
2317 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
2318 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
2319 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
2320 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
2321 dat->getSizeExpr(),
2322 dat->getSizeModifier(),
2323 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2324 dat->getBracketsRange());
2325 break;
2326 }
2327
2328 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
2329 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
2330 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
2331 result = getVariableArrayType(
2332 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
2333 /*size*/ 0,
2334 ArrayType::Normal,
2335 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2336 SourceRange());
2337 break;
2338 }
2339
2340 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
2341 case Type::VariableArray: {
2342 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
2343 result = getVariableArrayType(
2344 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
2345 /*size*/ 0,
2346 ArrayType::Star,
2347 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2348 vat->getBracketsRange());
2349 break;
2350 }
2351 }
2352
2353 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002354 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002355}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002356
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00002357/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
2358/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002359QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
2360 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002361 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002362 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002363 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002364 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
2365 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002366 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002367
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002368 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
2369 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2370 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002371 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002372 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002373 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002374 }
2375
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002376 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002377 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002378
2379 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
2380 Types.push_back(New);
2381 return QualType(New, 0);
2382}
2383
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002384/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
2385/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00002386/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002387QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
2388 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002389 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002390 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
2391 SourceRange brackets) const {
2392 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
2393 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002394 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
2395
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002396 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
2397 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
2398 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
2399 // because they can't be used in most locations.
2400 if (!numElements) {
2401 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
2402 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2403 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
2404 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2405 brackets);
2406 Types.push_back(newType);
2407 return QualType(newType, 0);
2408 }
2409
2410 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
2411 // also build a canonical type.
2412
2413 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
2414
2415 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002416 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002417 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002418 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002419 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002420
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002421 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
2422 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
2423 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002424
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002425 // If we don't have one, build one.
2426 if (!canonTy) {
2427 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002428 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002429 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2430 brackets);
2431 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
2432 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002433 }
2434
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002435 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
2436 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002437 canonElementType.Quals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002438
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002439 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
2440 // then just use that as our result.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002441 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType)
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002442 return canon;
2443
2444 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
2445 // of the element type.
2446 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
2447 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2448 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
2449 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
2450 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
2451 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002452}
2453
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002454QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002455 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002456 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002457 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002458 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002459
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002460 void *insertPos = 0;
2461 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
2462 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
2463 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002464
2465 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002466 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
2467 // qualifiers off the element type.
2468 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002469
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002470 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2471 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002472 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002473 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002474 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002475
2476 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002477 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
2478 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
2479 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00002480 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002481
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002482 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2483 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002484
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002485 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
2486 Types.push_back(newType);
2487 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002488}
2489
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002490/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
2491/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00002492QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002493 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002494 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002496 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2497 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002498 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002499
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002500 void *InsertPos = 0;
2501 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2502 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2503
2504 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2505 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2506 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00002507 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00002508 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002510 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2511 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002512 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002513 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002514 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002515 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002516 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2517 Types.push_back(New);
2518 return QualType(New, 0);
2519}
2520
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002521/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002522/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002523QualType
2524ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor39c02722011-06-15 16:02:29 +00002525 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002526
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002527 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2528 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002529 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002530 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002531 void *InsertPos = 0;
2532 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2533 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2534
2535 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2536 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2537 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002538 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002539 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002540
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002541 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2542 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002543 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002544 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002545 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2546 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002547 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2548 Types.push_back(New);
2549 return QualType(New, 0);
2550}
2551
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002552QualType
2553ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2554 Expr *SizeExpr,
2555 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002556 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002557 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002558 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002559
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002560 void *InsertPos = 0;
2561 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2562 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2563 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2564 if (Canon) {
2565 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2566 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002567 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2568 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2569 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002570 } else {
2571 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2572 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002573 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2574 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2575 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002576
2577 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2578 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2579 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2580 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002581 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2582 } else {
2583 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2584 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002585 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2586 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002587 }
2588 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002589
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002590 Types.push_back(New);
2591 return QualType(New, 0);
2592}
2593
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002594/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002595///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002596QualType
2597ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2598 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002599 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
2600 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2601 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002602 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2603 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002604 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002605 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002606
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002607 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002608 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002609 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002610 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002611
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002612 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00002613 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002614 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002615 Canonical =
2616 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
2617 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002619 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002620 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
2621 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002622 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002623 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002624
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002625 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002626 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002627 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002628 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002629 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002630 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002631}
2632
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002633/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function.
2634static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) {
2635 return T.isCanonical() &&
2636 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None ||
2637 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
2638}
2639
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002640/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2641/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002642QualType
2643ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
2644 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
2645 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002646 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2647 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002648 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002649 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002650
2651 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002652 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002653 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002654 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002655
2656 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002657 bool isCanonical =
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002658 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) &&
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002659 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002660 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002661 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002662 isCanonical = false;
2663
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002664 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2665 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2666 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002667
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002668 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002669 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002670 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002671 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002672 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002673 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2674 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002675 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002676
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002677 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002678 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002679 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2680 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002681 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2682 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2683
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002684 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers.
2685 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy);
2686 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
2687 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers();
2688 Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
2689 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs);
2690 }
2691
2692 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy,
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002693 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002694 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002695
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002696 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002697 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2698 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002699 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002700 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002701
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002702 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2703 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2704 // - parameter types
2705 // - exception types
2706 // - consumed-arguments flags
2707 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002708 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception
2709 // specification.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002710 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002711 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002712 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002713 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002714 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002715 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Richard Smithf623c962012-04-17 00:58:00 +00002716 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) {
Richard Smithd3729422012-04-19 00:08:28 +00002717 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002718 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) {
2719 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002720 }
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002721 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2722 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2723
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002724 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002725 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2726 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002727 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002728 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002729 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002730 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002731}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00002732
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002733#ifndef NDEBUG
2734static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2735 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2736 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2737 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2738 return true;
2739 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2740 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2741 return true;
2742 return false;
2743}
2744#endif
2745
2746/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2747/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2748QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002749 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002750 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2751 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2752 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002753 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002754 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2755 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2756 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2757 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002758 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002759 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002760 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2761 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002762 }
2763 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2764}
2765
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002766/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2767/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002768QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002769 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002770 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002772 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002773 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002774
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002775 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2776 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2777
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002778 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002779 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002780 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2781 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002782 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002783 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002784 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002785 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002786 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002787 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002788 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002789 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2790 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2791 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002792 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002793 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002794
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002795 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002796}
2797
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002798/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002799/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002800QualType
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002801ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2802 QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002803 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002804
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002805 if (Canonical.isNull())
2806 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002807 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002808 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002809 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2810 Types.push_back(newType);
2811 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002812}
2813
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002814QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002815 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2816
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002817 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002818 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2819 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2820
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002821 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2822 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2823 Types.push_back(newType);
2824 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002825}
2826
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002827QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002828 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2829
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002830 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002831 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2832 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2833
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002834 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2835 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2836 Types.push_back(newType);
2837 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002838}
2839
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002840QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2841 QualType modifiedType,
2842 QualType equivalentType) {
2843 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2844 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2845
2846 void *insertPos = 0;
2847 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2848 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2849
2850 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2851 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2852 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2853
2854 Types.push_back(type);
2855 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2856
2857 return QualType(type, 0);
2858}
2859
2860
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002861/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2862QualType
2863ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002864 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002865 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002866 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2867
2868 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2869 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2870 void *InsertPos = 0;
2871 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2872 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2873
2874 if (!SubstParm) {
2875 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2876 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2877 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2878 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2879 }
2880
2881 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2882}
2883
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002884/// \brief Retrieve a
2885QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2886 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2887 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2888#ifndef NDEBUG
2889 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2890 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2891 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2892 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2893 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2894 }
2895#endif
2896
2897 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2898 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2899 void *InsertPos = 0;
2900 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2901 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2902 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2903
2904 QualType Canon;
2905 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2906 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2907 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2908 ArgPack);
2909 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2910 }
2911
2912 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2913 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2914 ArgPack);
2915 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2916 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2917 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2918}
2919
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002920/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002921/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002922/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002923QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002924 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002925 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002926 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002927 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002928 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002929 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002930 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2931
2932 if (TypeParm)
2933 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002934
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002935 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002936 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002937 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002938
2939 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2940 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2941 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2942 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002943 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002944 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2945 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002946
2947 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2948 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2949
2950 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2951}
2952
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002953TypeSourceInfo *
2954ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2955 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2956 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002957 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002958 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2959 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002960 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002961
2962 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
David Blaikie6adc78e2013-02-18 22:06:02 +00002963 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL =
2964 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
Abramo Bagnara48c05be2012-02-06 14:41:24 +00002965 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002966 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2967 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2968 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2969 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2970 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2971 return DI;
2972}
2973
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002974QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002975ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002976 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002977 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002978 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2979 "No dependent template names here!");
2980
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002981 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2982
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002983 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002984 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2985 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2986 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2987
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002988 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002989 Underlying);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002990}
2991
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002992#ifndef NDEBUG
2993static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args,
2994 unsigned NumArgs) {
2995 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2996 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion())
2997 return true;
2998
2999 return true;
3000}
3001#endif
3002
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003003QualType
3004ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003005 const TemplateArgument *Args,
3006 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003007 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003008 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3009 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003010 // Look through qualified template names.
3011 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3012 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003013
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003014 bool IsTypeAlias =
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003015 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
3016 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003017 QualType CanonType;
3018 if (!Underlying.isNull())
3019 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
3020 else {
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003021 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
3022 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
3023 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) &&
3024 "Caller must compute aliased type");
3025 IsTypeAlias = false;
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003026 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
3027 NumArgs);
3028 }
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00003029
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003030 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
3031 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
3032 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003033 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3034 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003035 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003036 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003037 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003038 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType,
3039 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003040
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003041 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003042 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003043}
3044
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003045QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003046ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
3047 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003048 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003049 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3050 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003051
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003052 // Look through qualified template names.
3053 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3054 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003055
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003056 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
3057 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003058 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003059 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
3060 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3061 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
3062
3063 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
3064 // exists.
3065 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3066 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
3067 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
3068
3069 void *InsertPos = 0;
3070 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
3071 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3072
3073 if (!Spec) {
3074 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
3075 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3076 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3077 TypeAlignment);
3078 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
3079 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003080 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003081 Types.push_back(Spec);
3082 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
3083 }
3084
3085 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
3086 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
3087 return QualType(Spec, 0);
3088}
3089
3090QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003091ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3092 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003093 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003094 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003095 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003096
3097 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003098 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003099 if (T)
3100 return QualType(T, 0);
3101
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003102 QualType Canon = NamedType;
3103 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3104 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003105 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3106 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003107 (void)CheckT;
3108 }
3109
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003110 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003111 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003112 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003113 return QualType(T, 0);
3114}
3115
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003116QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003117ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003118 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3119 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
3120
3121 void *InsertPos = 0;
3122 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3123 if (T)
3124 return QualType(T, 0);
3125
3126 QualType Canon = InnerType;
3127 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3128 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
3129 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3130 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
3131 (void)CheckT;
3132 }
3133
3134 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
3135 Types.push_back(T);
3136 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3137 return QualType(T, 0);
3138}
3139
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003140QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3141 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3142 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003143 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003144 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
3145
3146 if (Canon.isNull()) {
3147 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003148 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3149 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
3150 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3151
3152 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
3153 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003154 }
3155
3156 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003157 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003158
3159 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003160 DependentNameType *T
3161 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003162 if (T)
3163 return QualType(T, 0);
3164
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003165 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003166 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003167 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003168 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003169}
3170
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003171QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003172ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3173 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003174 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003175 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003176 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003177 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003178 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003179 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
3180 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
3181 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
3182 ArgCopy.size(),
3183 ArgCopy.data());
3184}
3185
3186QualType
3187ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3188 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3189 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3190 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
3191 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003192 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003193 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3194 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003195
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003196 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003197 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
3198 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003199
3200 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003201 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
3202 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003203 if (T)
3204 return QualType(T, 0);
3205
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003206 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003207
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003208 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3209 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3210
3211 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003212 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003213 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
3214 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
3215 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
3216 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003217 }
3218
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003219 QualType Canon;
3220 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
3221 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
3222 Name, NumArgs,
3223 CanonArgs.data());
3224
3225 // Find the insert position again.
3226 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3227 }
3228
3229 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
3230 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3231 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00003232 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003233 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003234 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003235 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003236 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003237}
3238
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003239QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
David Blaikie05785d12013-02-20 22:23:23 +00003240 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003241 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003242 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003243
3244 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
3245 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
3246 void *InsertPos = 0;
3247 PackExpansionType *T
3248 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3249 if (T)
3250 return QualType(T, 0);
3251
3252 QualType Canon;
3253 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003254 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
3255 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
3256 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
3257 // parameters.
3258 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
3259 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003260
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003261 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
3262 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
3263 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3264 }
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003265 }
3266
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003267 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003268 Types.push_back(T);
3269 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3270 return QualType(T, 0);
3271}
3272
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003273/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
3274/// alphabetically.
3275static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
3276 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00003277 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003278}
3279
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003280static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003281 unsigned NumProtocols) {
3282 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
3283
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003284 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
3285 return false;
3286
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003287 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003288 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) ||
3289 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003290 return false;
3291 return true;
3292}
3293
3294static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003295 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
3296 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003297
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003298 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
3299 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
3300
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003301 // Canonicalize.
3302 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I)
3303 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl();
3304
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003305 // Remove duplicates.
3306 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
3307 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
3308}
3309
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003310QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
3311 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003312 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003313 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
3314 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
3315 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
3316 return BaseType;
3317
3318 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003319 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003320 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003321 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003322 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3323 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003324
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003325 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
3326 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003327 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003328 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
3329 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
3330 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003331 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003332 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003333 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
3334
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003335 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003336 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3337 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003338 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003339 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3340 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003341 }
3342
3343 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003344 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3345 }
3346
3347 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
3348 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
3349 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
3350 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
3351 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
3352
3353 Types.push_back(T);
3354 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3355 return QualType(T, 0);
3356}
3357
3358/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
3359/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003360QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003361 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3362 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
3363
3364 void *InsertPos = 0;
3365 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
3366 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3367 return QualType(QT, 0);
3368
3369 // Find the canonical object type.
3370 QualType Canonical;
3371 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
3372 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
3373
3374 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003375 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3376 }
3377
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00003378 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003379 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
3380 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
3381 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003382
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003383 Types.push_back(QType);
3384 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003385 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003386}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003387
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003388/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3389/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003390QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
3391 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003392 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
3393 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003394
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003395 if (PrevDecl) {
3396 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
3397 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
3398 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3399 }
3400
Douglas Gregor7671e532011-12-16 16:34:57 +00003401 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
3402 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
3403 Decl = Def;
3404
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003405 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
3406 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
3407 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
3408 Types.push_back(T);
3409 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00003410}
3411
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003412/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
3413/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003414/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003415/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003416/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003417QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003418 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003419 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
3420 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3421 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003423 void *InsertPos = 0;
3424 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
3425 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3426 if (Canon) {
3427 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
3428 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003429 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003430 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003431 } else {
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003432 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003433 Canon
3434 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003435 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3436 toe = Canon;
3437 }
3438 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003439 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003440 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003441 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003442 Types.push_back(toe);
3443 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003444}
3445
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003446/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3447/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3448/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003449/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003450/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003451QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003452 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003453 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003454 Types.push_back(tot);
3455 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003456}
3457
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00003458
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003459/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3460/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3461/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003462/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
David Blaikie876657b2011-11-06 22:28:03 +00003463/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003464QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003465 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor678d76c2011-07-01 01:22:09 +00003466
3467 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
3468 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
3469 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
3470 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
3471 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003472 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3473 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003474
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003475 void *InsertPos = 0;
3476 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
3477 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3478 if (Canon) {
3479 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
3480 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
Richard Smithef8bf432012-08-13 20:08:14 +00003481 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003482 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003483 } else {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003484 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003485 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003486 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3487 dt = Canon;
3488 }
3489 } else {
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003490 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
3491 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003492 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003493 Types.push_back(dt);
3494 return QualType(dt, 0);
3495}
3496
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003497/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
3498/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
3499QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
3500 QualType UnderlyingType,
3501 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
3502 const {
3503 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor6c6e6762011-05-25 17:51:54 +00003504 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
3505 Kind,
3506 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
Peter Collingbourne15d48ec2012-03-05 16:02:06 +00003507 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003508 Types.push_back(Ty);
3509 return QualType(Ty, 0);
3510}
3511
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003512/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003513QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003514 void *InsertPos = 0;
3515 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
3516 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
3517 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3518 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
3519 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3520 return QualType(AT, 0);
3521 }
3522
3523 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
3524 Types.push_back(AT);
3525 if (InsertPos)
3526 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
3527 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003528}
3529
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00003530/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
3531/// the given value type.
3532QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
3533 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
3534 // structure.
3535 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3536 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
3537
3538 void *InsertPos = 0;
3539 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3540 return QualType(AT, 0);
3541
3542 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3543 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3544 QualType Canonical;
3545 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3546 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
3547
3548 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3549 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3550 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
3551 }
3552 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
3553 Types.push_back(New);
3554 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3555 return QualType(New, 0);
3556}
3557
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003558/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
3559QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
3560 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
3561 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
3562 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
3563 return AutoDeductTy;
3564}
3565
3566/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
3567QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
3568 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
3569 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
3570 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
3571 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
3572}
3573
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003574/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3575/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003576QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00003577 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00003578 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
3579 // away const? mutable?
3580 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003581}
3582
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003583/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
3584/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
3585/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00003586CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003587 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00003588}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003589
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003590/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3591CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
3592 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
3593}
3594
3595/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3596CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
3597 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
3598}
3599
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00003600/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
3601/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3602QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
3603 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3604 return WCharTy;
3605}
3606
3607/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
3608/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3609QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
3610 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3611 return UnsignedIntTy;
3612}
3613
Enea Zaffanellaf11ceb62013-01-26 17:08:37 +00003614QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const {
3615 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType());
3616}
3617
3618QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const {
3619 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType());
3620}
3621
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003622/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003623/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
3624QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003625 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003626}
3627
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00003628/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
3629/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
3630QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
3631 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
3632}
3633
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003634//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3635// Type Operators
3636//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3637
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003638CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003639 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
3640 // qualifiers.
3641 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00003642 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003643 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003644 QualType Result;
3645 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3646 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
3647 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
3648 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
3649 } else {
3650 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
3651 }
3652
3653 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
3654}
3655
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003656QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
3657 Qualifiers &quals) {
3658 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
3659
3660 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
3661 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
3662 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
3663 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
3664 const ArrayType *AT =
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003665 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003666
3667 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003668 if (!AT) {
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003669 quals = splitType.Quals;
3670 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003671 }
3672
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003673 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
3674 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
3675 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
3676
3677 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
3678 // can just use the results in splitType.
3679 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
3680 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003681 quals = splitType.Quals;
3682 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003683 }
3684
3685 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
3686 // build the type back up.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003687 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003688
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003689 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003690 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003691 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
3692 }
3693
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003694 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003695 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003696 }
3697
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003698 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003699 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003700 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003701 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
3702 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3703 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3704 }
3705
3706 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003707 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003708 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3709 SourceRange());
3710}
3711
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003712/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3713/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3714/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3715/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3716/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3717/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3718/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3719/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3720bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3721 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3722 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3723 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3724 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3725 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3726 return true;
3727 }
3728
3729 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3730 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3731 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3732 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3733 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3734 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3735 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3736 return true;
3737 }
3738
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003739 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003740 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3741 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3742 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3743 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3744 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3745 return true;
3746 }
3747 }
3748
3749 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3750
3751 return false;
3752}
3753
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003754DeclarationNameInfo
3755ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3756 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003757 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3758 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3759 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003760 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003761 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3762 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003763
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003764 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3765 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3766 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3767 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3768 }
3769
3770 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3771 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003772 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003773 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003774 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3775 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003776 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003777 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3778 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3779 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3780 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3781 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3782 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003783 }
3784 }
3785
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003786 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3787 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3788 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3789 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3790 NameLoc);
3791 }
3792
3793 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3794 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3795 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3796 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3797 NameLoc);
3798 }
3799 }
3800
3801 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003802}
3803
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003804TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003805 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3806 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3807 case TemplateName::Template: {
3808 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003809 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003810 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003811 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3812
3813 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003814 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003815 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003816
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003817 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3818 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003819
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003820 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3821 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3822 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3823 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3824 }
3825
3826 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3827 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3828 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3829 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3830 }
3831
3832 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3833 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3834 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3835 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3836 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3837 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3838 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3839 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3840 }
3841 }
3842
3843 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003844}
3845
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003846bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3847 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3848 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3849 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3850}
3851
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003852TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003853ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003854 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3855 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3856 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003857
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003858 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003859 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003860
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003861 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003862 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
3863 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam());
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003864 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003865
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003866 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
3867 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
3868 /*isNullPtr*/true);
3869
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003870 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3871 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003872
3873 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3874 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3875 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003876 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003877
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003878 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
Benjamin Kramer6003ad52012-06-07 15:09:51 +00003879 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003880
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003881 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003882 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003883
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003884 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003885 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3886 return Arg;
3887
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003888 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3889 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003890 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003891 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003892 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3893 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3894 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003895
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003896 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003897 }
3898 }
3899
3900 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003901 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003902}
3903
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003904NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003905ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003906 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003907 return 0;
3908
3909 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3910 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3911 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003912 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003913 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3914 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3915
3916 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3917 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3918 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003919 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3920 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3921
3922 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3923 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3924 // this namespace and no prefix.
3925 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3926 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3927 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003928
3929 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3930 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3931 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003932
3933 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3934 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3935 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3936 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3937 // types, e.g.,
3938 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3939 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003940 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
3941 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003942 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003943
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003944 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
3945 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
3946 // first place?
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003947 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3948 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003949 }
3950
3951 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3952 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3953 return NNS;
3954 }
3955
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00003956 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003957}
3958
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003959
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003960const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003961 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003962 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003963 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3964 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3965 return AT;
3966 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003967
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003968 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003969 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003970 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003971
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003972 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003973 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3974 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003975
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003976 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3977 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003978 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003979
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003980 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003981 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003982
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003983 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003984 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003985 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003986 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003988 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3989 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003990 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003991
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003992 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3993 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3994 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003995 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003996 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3997 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3998 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003999 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004000
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004001 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004002 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
4003 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004004 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004005 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004006 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004007 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004008 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004009
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004010 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004011 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004012 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004013 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004014 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004015 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00004016}
4017
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004018QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004019 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
4020 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
4021 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
4022 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
4023 // the array type derivation.
4024 if (T->isArrayType())
4025 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
4026
4027 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
4028 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
4029 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
4030 // in 6.3.2.1.
4031 if (T->isFunctionType())
4032 return getPointerType(T);
4033
4034 return T;
4035}
4036
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004037QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004038 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
4039 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
4040 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
4041}
4042
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004043/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
4044/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
4045/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
4046/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
4047///
4048/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004049QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004050 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
4051 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
4052 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
4053 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
4054 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
4055 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004056
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004057 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004058
4059 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004060 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004061}
4062
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004063QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
4064 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00004065}
4066
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004067QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
4068 Qualifiers qs;
4069 while (true) {
4070 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004071 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004072 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004073
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004074 type = array->getElementType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004075 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004076 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004077
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004078 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00004079}
4080
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004081/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004082uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004083ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
4084 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
4085 do {
4086 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
Richard Smith7808c6a2012-12-06 03:04:50 +00004087 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(
4088 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004089 } while (CA);
4090 return ElementCount;
4091}
4092
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004093/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
4094/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004095static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004096 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004097 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004098
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004099 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
4100 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004101 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00004102 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004103 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
4104 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
4105 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004106 }
4107}
4108
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004109/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
4110/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00004111/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
4112/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004113QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
4114 QualType Domain) const {
4115 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
4116 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
4117 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004118 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004119 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
4120 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
4121 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
4122 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004123 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004124
4125 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
4126 switch (EltRank) {
Joey Goulydd7f4562013-01-23 11:56:20 +00004127 case HalfRank: return HalfTy;
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004128 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
4129 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
4130 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004131 }
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004132 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004133}
4134
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004135/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
4136/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
4137/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004138/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004139int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004140 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
4141 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004142
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004143 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004144 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004145 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004146 return 1;
4147 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004148}
4149
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004150/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
4151/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
4152/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004153unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004154 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00004155
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004156 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004157 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004158 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004159 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004160 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4161 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4162 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4163 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004164 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004165 case BuiltinType::Short:
4166 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004167 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004168 case BuiltinType::Int:
4169 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004170 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004171 case BuiltinType::Long:
4172 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004173 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004174 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4175 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004176 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004177 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4178 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
4179 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004180 }
4181}
4182
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004183/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
4184/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
4185///
4186/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
4187/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004188QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00004189 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4190 return QualType();
4191
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004192 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
4193 if (!Field)
4194 return QualType();
4195
4196 QualType FT = Field->getType();
4197
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004198 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004199 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
4200 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
4201 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
4202 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
4203 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
4204 return IntTy;
4205
4206 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
4207 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4208
4209 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
4210 // like the base type.
4211 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
4212 // is ridiculous.
4213 return QualType();
4214}
4215
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004216/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
4217/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
4218/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004219QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004220 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
4221 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004222 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
4223 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman3f37c1c2011-10-26 07:22:48 +00004224
4225 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4226 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
4227 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
4228 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
4229 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
4230 // unsigned long long int [...]
4231 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
4232 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
4233 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
4234 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
4235 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
4236 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
4237 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
4238 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
4239 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
4240 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
4241 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
4242 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
4243 (FromSize == ToSize &&
4244 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
4245 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
4246 }
4247 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
4248 }
4249 }
4250
4251 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004252 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
4253 return IntTy;
Eli Friedman6745c3b2012-11-15 01:21:59 +00004254 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
4255 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004256 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
4257 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4258}
4259
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004260/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
4261/// type and returns its ownership.
4262Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
4263 while (!T.isNull()) {
4264 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4265 return T.getObjCLifetime();
4266 if (T->isArrayType())
4267 T = getBaseElementType(T);
4268 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4269 T = PT->getPointeeType();
4270 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8e252532011-07-01 23:01:46 +00004271 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004272 else
4273 break;
4274 }
4275
4276 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4277}
4278
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004279/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004280/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004281/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004282int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004283 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
4284 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004285 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004286
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004287 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4288 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004289
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004290 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
4291 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004292
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004293 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
4294 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
4295 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
4296 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004297
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004298 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
4299 if (LHSUnsigned) {
4300 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
4301 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
4302 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004303
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004304 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4305 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004306 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004307 return -1;
4308 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004309
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004310 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
4311 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
4312 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004313
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004314 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4315 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004316 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004317 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004318}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004319
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004320static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004321CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
4322 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
4323 SourceLocation Loc;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004324 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004325 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004326 else
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004327 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004328}
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004329
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004330// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004331QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004332 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004333 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004334 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004335 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004336 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004337
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004338 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004339
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004340 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004341 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004342 // int flags;
4343 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004344 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004345 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004346 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004347 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
4348
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004349 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004350 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004351 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004352 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004353 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004354 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004355 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004356 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004357 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004358 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004359 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004360 }
4361
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004362 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004363 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004364
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004365 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00004366}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004367
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00004368QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const {
4369 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) {
4370 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl =
4371 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super"));
4372 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4373 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4374 }
4375 return ObjCSuperType;
4376}
4377
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004378void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004379 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004380 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
4381 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
4382}
4383
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004384QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004385 if (BlockDescriptorType)
4386 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4387
4388 RecordDecl *T;
4389 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004390 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004391 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004392 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004393
4394 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4395 UnsignedLongTy,
4396 UnsignedLongTy,
4397 };
4398
4399 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4400 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004401 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004402 };
4403
4404 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004405 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004406 SourceLocation(),
4407 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004408 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004409 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004410 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004411 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004412 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004413 T->addDecl(Field);
4414 }
4415
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004416 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004417
4418 BlockDescriptorType = T;
4419
4420 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4421}
4422
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004423QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004424 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
4425 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4426
4427 RecordDecl *T;
4428 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004429 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004430 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004431 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004432
4433 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4434 UnsignedLongTy,
4435 UnsignedLongTy,
4436 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4437 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
4438 };
4439
4440 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4441 "reserved",
4442 "Size",
4443 "CopyFuncPtr",
4444 "DestroyFuncPtr"
4445 };
4446
4447 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004448 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004449 SourceLocation(),
4450 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004451 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004452 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004453 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004454 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004455 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004456 T->addDecl(Field);
4457 }
4458
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004459 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004460
4461 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
4462
4463 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4464}
4465
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004466/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty"
4467/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic
4468/// in buildByrefHelpers.
4469bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty,
4470 const VarDecl *D) {
4471 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4472 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D);
4473 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false;
4474
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004475 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00004476 }
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004477
4478 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false;
4479
4480 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers();
4481
4482 // If we have lifetime, that dominates.
4483 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) {
4484 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4485
4486 switch (lifetime) {
4487 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible");
4488
4489 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned.
4490 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4491 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4492 return false;
4493
4494 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the
4495 // byref routines.
4496 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4497 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained.
4498 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4499 return true;
4500 }
4501 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!");
4502 }
4503 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) ||
4504 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType());
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004505}
4506
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004507bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
4508 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
4509 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
4510
4511 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 ||
4512 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4513 return false;
4514
4515 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
Fariborz Jahanianf762b722012-12-11 19:58:01 +00004516 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004517 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
4518 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4519 }
4520 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
4521 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime();
4522 // MRR.
4523 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4524 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
4525 else
4526 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4527 return true;
4528}
4529
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +00004530TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
4531 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
4532 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this,
4533 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4534 SourceLocation(),
4535 SourceLocation(),
4536 &Idents.get("instancetype"),
4537 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType()));
4538 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
4539}
4540
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004541// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
4542// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00004543static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004544 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00004545 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
4546 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004547
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004548 return false;
4549}
4550
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004551/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004552/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004553CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004554 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
4555 return CharUnits::Zero();
4556
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004557 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004558
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004559 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00004560 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004561 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004562 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
4563 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004564 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004565 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004566}
4567
4568static inline
4569std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
4570 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004571}
4572
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004573/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004574/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004575std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
4576 std::string S;
4577
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004578 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
4579 QualType BlockTy =
4580 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4581 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004582 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004583 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None,
4584 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4585 S, true /*Extended*/);
4586 else
4587 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4588 S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004589 // Compute size of all parameters.
4590 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4591 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4592 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004593 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
4594 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00004595 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004596 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4597 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004598 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahaniand4879412012-06-30 00:48:59 +00004599 if (sz.isZero())
4600 continue;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004601 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004602 ParmOffset += sz;
4603 }
4604 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004605 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004606 // Block pointer and offset.
4607 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004608
4609 // Argument types.
4610 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
4611 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
4612 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4613 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4614 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4615 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4616 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4617 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4618 // elements.
4619 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4620 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4621 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4622 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004623 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004624 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
4625 S, true /*Extended*/);
4626 else
4627 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004628 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004629 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004630 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004631
4632 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004633}
4634
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004635bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004636 std::string& S) {
4637 // Encode result type.
4638 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
4639 CharUnits ParmOffset;
4640 // Compute size of all parameters.
4641 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4642 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4643 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
4644 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004645 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004646 continue;
4647
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004648 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004649 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004650 ParmOffset += sz;
4651 }
4652 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4653 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
4654
4655 // Argument types.
4656 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4657 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4658 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4659 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4660 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4661 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4662 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4663 // elements.
4664 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4665 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4666 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4667 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4668 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
4669 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4670 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4671 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004672
4673 return false;
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004674}
4675
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004676/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
4677/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
4678/// block object types.
4679void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
4680 QualType T, std::string& S,
4681 bool Extended) const {
4682 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
4683 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
4684 // Encode parameter type.
4685 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0,
4686 true /*OutermostType*/,
4687 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
4688 false /*StructField*/,
4689 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
4690 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
4691}
4692
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004693/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004694/// declaration.
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004695bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004696 std::string& S,
4697 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004698 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004699 // Encode return type.
4700 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4701 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004702 // Compute size of all parameters.
4703 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4704 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4705 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004706 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004707 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4708 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004709 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004710 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004711 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004712 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004713 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004714 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004715 continue;
4716
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004717 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4718 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004719 ParmOffset += sz;
4720 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004721 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004722 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004723 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004724
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004725 // Argument types.
4726 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004727 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004728 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004729 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004730 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004731 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004732 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4733 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4734 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004735 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004736 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4737 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4738 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004739 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4740 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004741 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004742 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004743 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004744
4745 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004746}
4747
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004748/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004749/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004750/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4751/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004752/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4753/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4754/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4755/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4756/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004757/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4758/// @code
4759/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4760/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4761/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4762/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4763/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4764/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4765/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4766/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
Bob Wilson8cf61852012-03-22 17:48:02 +00004767/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004768/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4769/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4770/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4771/// };
4772/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004773void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004774 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004775 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004776 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4777 bool Dynamic = false;
4778 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4779
4780 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4781 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004782 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004783 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4784 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004785 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004786 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004787 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004788 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4789 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4790 Dynamic = true;
4791 } else {
4792 SynthesizePID = PID;
4793 }
4794 }
4795 }
4796 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004797 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004798 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004799 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004800 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004801 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004802 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4803 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4804 Dynamic = true;
4805 } else {
4806 SynthesizePID = PID;
4807 }
4808 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004809 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004810 }
4811 }
4812
4813 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4814 S = "T";
4815
4816 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004817 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4818 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004819 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004820 true /* outermost type */,
4821 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004822
4823 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4824 S += ",R";
4825 } else {
4826 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4827 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4828 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004829 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian70a315c2011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004830 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004831 }
4832 }
4833
4834 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4835 // are "dynamic by default".
4836 if (Dynamic)
4837 S += ",D";
4838
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004839 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4840 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004841
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004842 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4843 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004844 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004845 }
4846
4847 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4848 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004849 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004850 }
4851
4852 if (SynthesizePID) {
4853 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4854 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004855 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004856 }
4857
4858 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4859}
4860
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004861/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004862/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4863/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004864/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4865///
4866void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004867 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004868 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004869 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004870 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004871 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004872 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004873 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4874 }
4875 }
4876}
4877
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004878void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004879 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004880 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4881 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4882 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4883 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004884 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004885 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004886}
4887
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004888static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C,
4889 BuiltinType::Kind kind) {
4890 switch (kind) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004891 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4892 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4893 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4894 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004895 case BuiltinType::Char16:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004896 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004897 case BuiltinType::Char32:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004898 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4899 case BuiltinType::ULong:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004900 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004901 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4902 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4903 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4904 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4905 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004906 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4907 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004908 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4909 case BuiltinType::Long:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004910 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004911 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4912 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4913 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4914 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004915 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004916 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char*
4917
4918 case BuiltinType::Half:
4919 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these!
4920 return ' ';
4921
4922 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
4923 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
4924 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
4925 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type");
4926
4927 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings.
4928 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
4929 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
4930 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
4931 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
4932 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
4933 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00004934 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00004935 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004936 case BuiltinType::Dependent:
4937#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID)
4938#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \
4939 case BuiltinType::KIND:
4940#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4941 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004942 }
David Blaikie5a6a0202013-01-09 17:48:41 +00004943 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004944}
4945
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004946static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
4947 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
4948
4949 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
4950 if (!Enum->isFixed())
4951 return 'i';
4952
4953 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004954 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
4955 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind());
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004956}
4957
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004958static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004959 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004960 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004961 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004962 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4963 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4964 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4965 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4966 //
4967 // struct
4968 // {
4969 // int integer;
4970 // int flags:2;
4971 // };
4972 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4973 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4974 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4975 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4976 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
John McCall5fb5df92012-06-20 06:18:46 +00004977 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004978 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4979 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedmana3c122d2011-07-07 01:54:01 +00004980 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004981 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
4982 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004983 else {
4984 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>();
4985 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind());
4986 }
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004987 }
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004988 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004989}
4990
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004991// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004992void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4993 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4994 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004995 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004996 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004997 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004998 bool StructField,
4999 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005000 bool EncodeClassNames,
5001 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005002 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T);
5003 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) {
5004 case Type::Builtin:
5005 case Type::Enum:
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005006 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005007 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005008 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT))
5009 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind());
5010 else
5011 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT));
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005012 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005013
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005014 case Type::Complex: {
5015 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>();
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005016 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005017 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005018 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005019 return;
5020 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005021
5022 case Type::Atomic: {
5023 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>();
5024 S += 'A';
5025 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0,
5026 false, false);
5027 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00005028 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005029
5030 // encoding for pointer or reference types.
5031 case Type::Pointer:
5032 case Type::LValueReference:
5033 case Type::RValueReference: {
5034 QualType PointeeTy;
5035 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) {
5036 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>();
5037 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
5038 S += ':';
5039 return;
5040 }
5041 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
5042 } else {
5043 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
5044 }
5045
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005046 bool isReadOnly = false;
5047 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
5048 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
5049 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005050 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00005051 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005052 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
5053 isReadOnly = true;
5054 S += 'r';
5055 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00005056 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005057 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005058 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
5059 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005060 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
5061 isReadOnly = true;
5062 S += 'r';
5063 }
5064 }
5065 if (isReadOnly) {
5066 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
5067 // combinations need to be rearranged.
5068 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005069 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00005070 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005071 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005072
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005073 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
5074 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
5075 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00005076 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005077 S += '*';
5078 return;
5079 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005080 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00005081 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
5082 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
5083 S += '#';
5084 return;
5085 }
5086 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
5087 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
5088 S += '@';
5089 return;
5090 }
5091 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005092 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005093 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005094 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
5095
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005096 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005097 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005098 return;
5099 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005100
5101 case Type::ConstantArray:
5102 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5103 case Type::VariableArray: {
5104 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT);
5105
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005106 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005107 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
5108 S += '^';
5109
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005110 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005111 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5112 } else {
5113 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005114
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005115 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
5116 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
5117 S += '0';
5118 else
5119 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
5120 } else {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005121 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005122 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
5123 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005124 S += '0';
5125 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005126
5127 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005128 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5129 S += ']';
5130 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005131 return;
5132 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005133
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005134 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
5135 case Type::FunctionProto:
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00005136 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005137 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005138
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005139 case Type::Record: {
5140 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005141 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005142 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
5143 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
5144 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005145 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
5146 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
5147 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
Benjamin Kramer9170e912013-02-22 15:46:01 +00005148 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S);
5149 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS,
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00005150 TemplateArgs.data(),
5151 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +00005152 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005153 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005154 } else {
5155 S += '?';
5156 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00005157 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005158 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005159 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
5160 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
5161 } else {
5162 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5163 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5164 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
5165 if (FD) {
5166 S += '"';
5167 S += Field->getNameAsString();
5168 S += '"';
5169 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005170
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005171 // Special case bit-fields.
5172 if (Field->isBitField()) {
5173 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005174 *Field);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005175 } else {
5176 QualType qt = Field->getType();
5177 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5178 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
5179 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
5180 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5181 /*StructField*/true);
5182 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005183 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005184 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00005185 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005186 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005187 return;
5188 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005189
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005190 case Type::BlockPointer: {
5191 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>();
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00005192 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005193 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005194 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005195
5196 S += '<';
5197 // Block return type
5198 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S,
5199 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
5200 FD,
5201 false /* OutermostType */,
5202 EncodingProperty,
5203 false /* StructField */,
5204 EncodeBlockParameters,
5205 EncodeClassNames);
5206 // Block self
5207 S += "@?";
5208 // Block parameters
5209 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
5210 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5211 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) {
5212 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S,
5213 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5214 ExpandStructures,
5215 FD,
5216 false /* OutermostType */,
5217 EncodingProperty,
5218 false /* StructField */,
5219 EncodeBlockParameters,
5220 EncodeClassNames);
5221 }
5222 }
5223 S += '>';
5224 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005225 return;
5226 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005227
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005228 case Type::ObjCObject:
5229 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
5230 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
5231 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005232
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005233 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed
5234 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'.
5235 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005236 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005237 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005238 S += '{';
5239 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
5240 S += II->getName();
5241 S += '=';
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005242 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005243 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
5244 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005245 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005246 if (Field->isBitField())
5247 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005248 else
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005249 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD,
5250 false, false, false, false, false,
5251 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005252 }
5253 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005254 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005255 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005256
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005257 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
5258 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005259 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
5260 S += '@';
5261 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005262 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005263
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005264 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
5265 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
5266 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
5267 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005268 S += '#';
5269 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005270 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005271
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005272 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005273 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005274 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5275 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005276 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005277 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
5278 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005279 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005280 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5281 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005282 S += '<';
5283 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5284 S += '>';
5285 }
5286 S += '"';
5287 }
5288 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005289 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005290
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005291 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
5292 if (!EncodingProperty &&
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005293 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) &&
5294 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005295 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005296 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005297 // {...};
5298 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005299 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
5300 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005301 NULL,
5302 false, false, false, false, false,
5303 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005304 return;
5305 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005306
5307 S += '@';
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005308 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
5309 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005310 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005311 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005312 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5313 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005314 S += '<';
5315 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5316 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005317 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005318 S += '"';
5319 }
5320 return;
5321 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005322
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005323 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005324 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available.
5325 case Type::MemberPointer:
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005326 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005327
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005328 case Type::Vector:
5329 case Type::ExtVector:
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005330 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
5331 // insufficient.
5332 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
5333 return;
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005334
5335#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5336#define TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5337#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5338 case Type::KIND:
5339#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5340 case Type::KIND:
5341#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5342 case Type::KIND:
5343#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5344 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!");
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005345 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005346 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005347}
5348
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005349void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
5350 std::string &S,
5351 const FieldDecl *FD,
5352 bool includeVBases) const {
5353 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
5354 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
5355 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
5356 return;
5357
5358 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
5359 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
5360 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
5361
5362 if (CXXRec) {
5363 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5364 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
5365 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5366 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
5367 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005368 if (base->isEmpty())
5369 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005370 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005371 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5372 std::make_pair(offs, base));
5373 }
5374 }
5375 }
5376
5377 unsigned i = 0;
5378 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5379 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5380 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
5381 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
5382 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005383 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005384 }
5385
5386 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
5387 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5388 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
5389 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5390 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005391 if (base->isEmpty())
5392 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005393 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81c0b5c2011-09-26 18:14:24 +00005394 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
5395 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
5396 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005397 }
5398 }
5399
5400 CharUnits size;
5401 if (CXXRec) {
5402 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
5403 } else {
5404 size = layout.getSize();
5405 }
5406
5407 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
5408 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
5409 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
5410
Douglas Gregorf5d6c742012-04-27 22:30:01 +00005411 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
5412 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005413 if (FD) {
5414 S += "\"_vptr$";
5415 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
5416 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
5417 S += recname;
5418 S += '"';
5419 }
5420 S += "^^?";
5421 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
5422 }
5423
5424 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
5425 // Mark the end of the structure.
5426 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
5427 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5428 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
5429 }
5430
5431 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
5432 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
5433
5434 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
5435 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
5436 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
5437 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
5438 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
5439 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
5440 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
5441 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
5442 // longer then though.
5443 CurOffs += padding;
5444 }
5445
5446 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
5447 if (dcl == 0)
5448 break; // reached end of structure.
5449
5450 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
5451 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
5452 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
5453 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
5454 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
5455 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005456 assert(!base->isEmpty());
5457 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005458 } else {
5459 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
5460 if (FD) {
5461 S += '"';
5462 S += field->getNameAsString();
5463 S += '"';
5464 }
5465
5466 if (field->isBitField()) {
5467 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005468 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005469 } else {
5470 QualType qt = field->getType();
5471 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5472 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
5473 /*OutermostType*/false,
5474 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5475 /*StructField*/true);
5476 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
5477 }
5478 }
5479 }
5480}
5481
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005482void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00005483 std::string& S) const {
5484 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
5485 S += 'n';
5486 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
5487 S += 'N';
5488 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
5489 S += 'o';
5490 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
5491 S += 'O';
5492 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
5493 S += 'R';
5494 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
5495 S += 'V';
5496}
5497
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00005498TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
5499 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
5500 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
5501 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5502 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5503 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5504 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5505 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5506 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
5507 }
5508
5509 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00005510}
5511
Douglas Gregor52e02802011-08-12 06:17:30 +00005512TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
5513 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
5514 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
5515 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
5516 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5517 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5518 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5519 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
5520 }
5521 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00005522}
5523
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00005524TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
5525 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
5526 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
5527 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5528 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5529 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5530 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5531 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5532 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
5533 }
5534
5535 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00005536}
5537
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +00005538ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
5539 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
5540 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
5541 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5542 SourceLocation(),
5543 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
5544 /*PrevDecl=*/0,
5545 SourceLocation(), true);
5546 }
5547
5548 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
5549}
5550
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005551//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5552// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
5553//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5554
5555static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5556 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list;
5557 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
5558 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5559 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType);
5560
5561 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5562 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5563 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5564 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5565 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5566 TInfo);
5567 return VaListTypeDecl;
5568}
5569
5570static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5571 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
5572 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5573 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5574 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType);
5575
5576 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5577 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5578 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5579 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5580 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5581 TInfo);
5582 return VaListTypeDecl;
5583}
5584
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005585static TypedefDecl *
5586CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5587 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5588 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5589 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5590 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5591 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5592 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5593 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5594 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5595 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5596
5597 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5598 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5599 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5600 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5601 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5602 } else {
5603 // struct __va_list
5604 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5605 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5606 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5607 }
5608
5609 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5610
5611 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5612 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5613 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5614
5615 // void *__stack;
5616 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5617 FieldNames[0] = "__stack";
5618
5619 // void *__gr_top;
5620 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5621 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top";
5622
5623 // void *__vr_top;
5624 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5625 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top";
5626
5627 // int __gr_offs;
5628 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy;
5629 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs";
5630
5631 // int __vr_offs;
5632 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy;
5633 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs";
5634
5635 // Create fields
5636 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5637 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5638 VaListTagDecl,
5639 SourceLocation(),
5640 SourceLocation(),
5641 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5642 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5643 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5644 /*Mutable=*/false,
5645 ICIS_NoInit);
5646 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5647 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5648 }
5649 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5650 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
5651 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
5652
5653 // } __builtin_va_list;
5654 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5655 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5656 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5657 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5658 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5659 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5660
5661 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5662}
5663
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005664static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5665 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5666 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5667
5668 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5669 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5670 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5671 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5672
5673 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5674 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5675 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5676
5677 // unsigned char gpr;
5678 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5679 FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
5680
5681 // unsigned char fpr;
5682 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5683 FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
5684
5685 // unsigned short reserved;
5686 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
5687 FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
5688
5689 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5690 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5691 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
5692
5693 // void* reg_save_area;
5694 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5695 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
5696
5697 // Create fields
5698 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5699 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
5700 SourceLocation(),
5701 SourceLocation(),
5702 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5703 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5704 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5705 /*Mutable=*/false,
5706 ICIS_NoInit);
5707 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5708 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5709 }
5710 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5711 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005712 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005713
5714 // } __va_list_tag;
5715 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5716 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5717 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5718 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5719 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5720 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5721 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5722 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5723
5724 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5725 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5726 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5727 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5728 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5729 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5730 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5731 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5732 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5733 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5734 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5735 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5736 TInfo);
5737
5738 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5739}
5740
5741static TypedefDecl *
5742CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5743 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5744 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5745 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5746 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5747 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5748 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5749
5750 const size_t NumFields = 4;
5751 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5752 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5753
5754 // unsigned gp_offset;
5755 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5756 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
5757
5758 // unsigned fp_offset;
5759 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5760 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
5761
5762 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5763 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5764 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
5765
5766 // void* reg_save_area;
5767 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5768 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
5769
5770 // Create fields
5771 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5772 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5773 VaListTagDecl,
5774 SourceLocation(),
5775 SourceLocation(),
5776 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5777 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5778 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5779 /*Mutable=*/false,
5780 ICIS_NoInit);
5781 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5782 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5783 }
5784 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5785 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005786 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005787
5788 // } __va_list_tag;
5789 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5790 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5791 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5792 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5793 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5794 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5795 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5796 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5797
5798 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5799 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5800 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5801 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5802 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0);
5803 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5804 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5805 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5806 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5807 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5808 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5809 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5810 TInfo);
5811
5812 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5813}
5814
5815static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5816 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
5817 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
5818 QualType IntArrayType
5819 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy,
5820 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5821 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5822 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5823 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5824 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5825 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5826 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType));
5827
5828 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5829}
5830
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005831static TypedefDecl *
5832CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5833 RecordDecl *VaListDecl;
5834 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5835 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5836 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5837 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5838 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5839 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5840 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5841 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5842
5843 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5844 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5845 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5846 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5847
5848 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5849
5850 } else {
5851 // struct __va_list {
5852 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5853 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5854 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5855 }
5856
5857 VaListDecl->startDefinition();
5858
5859 // void * __ap;
5860 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5861 VaListDecl,
5862 SourceLocation(),
5863 SourceLocation(),
5864 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
5865 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
5866 /*TInfo=*/0,
5867 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5868 /*Mutable=*/false,
5869 ICIS_NoInit);
5870 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5871 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
5872
5873 // };
5874 VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
5875
5876 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
5877 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5878 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl));
5879
5880 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5881 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5882 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5883 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5884 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5885 TInfo);
5886
5887 return VaListTypeDecl;
5888}
5889
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005890static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
5891 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
5892 switch (Kind) {
5893 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
5894 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5895 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
5896 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005897 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5898 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005899 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
5900 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5901 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5902 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5903 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
5904 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005905 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
5906 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005907 }
5908
5909 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
5910}
5911
5912TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
5913 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl)
5914 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
5915
5916 return BuiltinVaListDecl;
5917}
5918
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005919QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const {
5920 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list
5921 // declaration.
5922 if (VaListTagTy.isNull())
5923 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl();
5924
5925 return VaListTagTy;
5926}
5927
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005928void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005929 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005930 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005931
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005932 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005933}
5934
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005935/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
5936/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005937TemplateName
5938ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
5939 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005940 unsigned size = End - Begin;
5941 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
5942
5943 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
5944 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
5945 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
5946
5947 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00005948 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005949 NamedDecl *D = *I;
5950 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
5951 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
5952 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
5953 *Storage++ = D;
5954 }
5955
5956 return TemplateName(OT);
5957}
5958
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005959/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
5960/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005961TemplateName
5962ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5963 bool TemplateKeyword,
5964 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00005965 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
5966
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005967 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005968 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5969 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
5970
5971 void *InsertPos = 0;
5972 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
5973 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5974 if (!QTN) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00005975 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>())
5976 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005977 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5978 }
5979
5980 return TemplateName(QTN);
5981}
5982
5983/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
5984/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005985TemplateName
5986ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5987 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005988 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00005989 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005990
5991 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5992 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
5993
5994 void *InsertPos = 0;
5995 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
5996 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5997
5998 if (QTN)
5999 return TemplateName(QTN);
6000
6001 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6002 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006003 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6004 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006005 } else {
6006 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006007 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6008 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006009 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
6010 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6011 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
6012 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006013 }
6014
6015 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6016 return TemplateName(QTN);
6017}
6018
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006019/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6020/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
6021TemplateName
6022ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006023 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006024 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
6025 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
6026
6027 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6028 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
6029
6030 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006031 DependentTemplateName *QTN
6032 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006033
6034 if (QTN)
6035 return TemplateName(QTN);
6036
6037 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6038 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006039 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6040 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006041 } else {
6042 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006043 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6044 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006045
6046 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
6047 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6048 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
6049 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006050 }
6051
6052 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6053 return TemplateName(QTN);
6054}
6055
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006056TemplateName
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006057ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
6058 TemplateName replacement) const {
6059 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6060 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
6061
6062 void *insertPos = 0;
6063 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
6064 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
6065
6066 if (!subst) {
6067 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
6068 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
6069 }
6070
6071 return TemplateName(subst);
6072}
6073
6074TemplateName
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006075ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6076 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
6077 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
6078 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6079 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
6080
6081 void *InsertPos = 0;
6082 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
6083 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6084
6085 if (!Subst) {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006086 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006087 ArgPack.pack_size(),
6088 ArgPack.pack_begin());
6089 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
6090 }
6091
6092 return TemplateName(Subst);
6093}
6094
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006095/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00006096/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
6097/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006098CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006099 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006100 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006101 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
6102 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
6103 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
6104 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
6105 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
6106 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
6107 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
6108 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
6109 }
6110
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006111 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006112}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00006113
6114//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6115// Type Predicates.
6116//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6117
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006118/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
6119/// garbage collection attribute.
6120///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006121Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006122 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006123 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
6124
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006125 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006126 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
6127
6128 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
6129 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
6130 // as __strong.
6131 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
6132 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
6133 return Qualifiers::Strong;
6134 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
6135 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
6136 } else {
6137 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
6138 // pointer.
6139#ifndef NDEBUG
6140 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
6141 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
6142 CT = AT->getElementType();
6143 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
6144#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006145 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00006146 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006147}
6148
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006149//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6150// Type Compatibility Testing
6151//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00006152
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006153/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006154/// compatible.
6155static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
6156 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00006157 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006158 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006159 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006160}
6161
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006162bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
6163 QualType SecondVec) {
6164 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
6165 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
6166
6167 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
6168 return true;
6169
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006170 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
6171 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006172 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
6173 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006174 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006175 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006176 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6177 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
6178 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6179 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006180 return true;
6181
6182 return false;
6183}
6184
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006185//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6186// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
6187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6188
6189/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
6190/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006191bool
6192ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
6193 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00006194 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006195 return true;
6196 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
6197 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
6198 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
6199 return true;
6200 return false;
6201}
6202
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006203/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...>
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006204/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
6205/// otherwise.
6206bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
6207 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6208 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
6209 return false;
6210}
6211
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006212/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and
6213/// Class<pr1, ...>.
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006214bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
6215 QualType rhs) {
6216 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6217 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6218 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
6219
6220 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6221 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6222 bool match = false;
6223 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6224 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6225 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6226 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6227 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
6228 match = true;
6229 break;
6230 }
6231 }
6232 if (!match)
6233 return false;
6234 }
6235 return true;
6236}
6237
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006238/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
6239/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
6240bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6241 bool compare) {
6242 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006243 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006244 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
6245 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006246 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006247 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
6248 return true;
6249
6250 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006251 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006252
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006253 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006254
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006255 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006256 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006257 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6258 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6259 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6260 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6261 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6262 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6263 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006264 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006265 return false;
6266 }
6267 }
6268 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
6269 return true;
6270 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006271 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006272 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6273 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6274 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6275 bool match = false;
6276
6277 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6278 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6279 // through its super class and categories.
6280 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6281 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6282 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6283 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6284 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6285 match = true;
6286 break;
6287 }
6288 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006289 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006290 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6291 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6292 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6293 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6294 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6295 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6296 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006297 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006298 match = true;
6299 break;
6300 }
6301 }
6302 }
6303 if (!match)
6304 return false;
6305 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006306
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006307 return true;
6308 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006309
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006310 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
6311 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
6312
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006313 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006314 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006315 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006316 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6317 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6318 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6319 bool match = false;
6320
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006321 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006322 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6323 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006324 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
6325 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006326 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6327 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6328 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6329 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6330 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6331 match = true;
6332 break;
6333 }
6334 }
6335 if (!match)
6336 return false;
6337 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006338
6339 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
6340 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
6341 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6342 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
6343 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
6344 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
6345 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
6346 // assume that it is mismatch.
6347 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
6348 return false;
6349 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6350 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6351 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6352 bool match = false;
6353 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
6354 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6355 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6356 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6357 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6358 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6359 match = true;
6360 break;
6361 }
6362 }
6363 if (!match)
6364 return false;
6365 }
6366 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006367 return true;
6368 }
6369 return false;
6370}
6371
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006372/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006373/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
6374/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
6375///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006376bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6377 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006378 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6379 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6380
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00006381 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006382 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
6383 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006384 return true;
6385
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006386 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006387 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6388 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006389 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006390
6391 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
6392 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6393 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
6394
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006395 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
6396 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006397 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006398
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006399 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006400}
6401
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006402/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00006403/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006404/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
6405/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
6406/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
6407bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6408 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006409 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
6410 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006411 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006412 return true;
6413
6414 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6415 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
6416 }
6417
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006418 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006419 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6420 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
6421 false);
6422
6423 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6424 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6425 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
6426 if (LHS != RHS) {
6427 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006428 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006429 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006430 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006431 }
6432 else
6433 return true;
6434 }
6435 return false;
6436}
6437
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006438/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
6439/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
6440/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
6441/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
6442static
6443void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
6444 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6445 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006446 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006447
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006448 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6449 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6450 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
6451 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006452
6453 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
6454 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
6455 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
6456 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
6457 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006458 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006459 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
6460 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006461 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6462 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
6463 }
6464
6465 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
6466 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00006467 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
6468 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006469 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
6470 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
6471 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00006472 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006473 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006474 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
6475 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006476 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6477 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6478 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
6479 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
6480 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006481 }
6482}
6483
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006484/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
6485/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
6486/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
6487/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
6488QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006489 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
6490 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
6491 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
6492 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
6493 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
6494 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregor0b144e12011-12-15 00:29:59 +00006495 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl)))
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006496 return QualType();
6497
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006498 do {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006499 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006500 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006501 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006502 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
6503
6504 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
6505 if (!Protocols.empty())
6506 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
6507 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
6508 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006509 }
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006510 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006511
6512 return QualType();
6513}
6514
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006515bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
6516 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
6517 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
6518 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
6519
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006520 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
6521 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006522 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006523 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006524
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006525 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
6526 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00006527 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006528 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006529
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006530 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
6531 // more detailed analysis is required.
6532 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
6533 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
6534 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
6535 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006536 bool IsSuperClass =
6537 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
6538 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006539 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
6540 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
6541 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
6542 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
6543 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006544 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006545 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
6546 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
6547 return false;
6548
6549 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6550 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
6551 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6552 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
6553 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
6554
6555 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6556 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6557 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6558 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
6559 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
6560 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
6561 break;
6562 }
6563 }
6564 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
6565 return false;
6566 }
6567 return true;
6568 }
6569 return false;
6570 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006571
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006572 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6573 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006574 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6575 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
6576
6577 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
6578 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006579 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
6580 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006581 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
6582 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006583 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006584 break;
6585 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006586 }
6587 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
6588 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
6589 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006590 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006591 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
6592 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006593}
6594
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006595bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6596 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006597 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6598 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006599
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006600 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006601 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006602
6603 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
6604 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006605}
6606
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00006607bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
6608 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
6609 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6610 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
6611}
6612
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006613/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006614/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006615/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006616/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006617bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
6618 bool CompareUnqualified) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006620 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
6621
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006622 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006623}
6624
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006625bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanianc87c8792011-07-12 23:20:13 +00006626 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006627}
6628
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006629bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6630 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
6631}
6632
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006633/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
6634/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
6635/// QualType()
6636QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
6637 bool OfBlockPointer,
6638 bool Unqualified) {
6639 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
6640 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
6641 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
6642 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
6643 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00006644 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006645 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6646 if (!MT.isNull())
6647 return MT;
6648 }
6649 }
6650 }
6651
6652 return QualType();
6653}
6654
6655/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
6656/// argument types
6657QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6658 bool OfBlockPointer,
6659 bool Unqualified) {
6660 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
6661 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
6662 // type is compatible with a union member
6663 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
6664 Unqualified);
6665 if (!lmerge.isNull())
6666 return lmerge;
6667
6668 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
6669 Unqualified);
6670 if (!rmerge.isNull())
6671 return rmerge;
6672
6673 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6674}
6675
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006676QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006677 bool OfBlockPointer,
6678 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006679 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
6680 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006681 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
6682 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006683 bool allLTypes = true;
6684 bool allRTypes = true;
6685
6686 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006687 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006688 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6689 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
6690 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
6691 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
6692 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
6693 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006694 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006695 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006696 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006697 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
6698 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006699 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006700
6701 if (Unqualified)
6702 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
6703
6704 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
6705 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
6706 if (Unqualified) {
6707 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6708 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6709 }
6710
6711 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006712 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006713 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006714 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006715
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00006716 // FIXME: double check this
6717 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6718 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6719 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006720 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
6721 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006722
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006723 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006724 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006725 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006726
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006727 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00006728 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
6729 return QualType();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006730 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
6731 return QualType();
6732
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006733 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
6734 return QualType();
6735
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006736 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
6737 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006738
Rafael Espindola8778c282012-11-29 16:09:03 +00006739 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6740 allLTypes = false;
6741 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6742 allRTypes = false;
6743
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006744 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006745
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006746 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006747 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
6748 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006749 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
6750 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
6751
6752 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
6753 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
6754 return QualType();
6755
6756 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
6757 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
6758 return QualType();
6759
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00006760 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
6761 return QualType();
6762
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006763 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6764 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
6765 return QualType();
6766
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006767 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006768 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006769 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
6770 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
6771 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006772 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
6773 OfBlockPointer,
6774 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006775 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006776
6777 if (Unqualified)
6778 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6779
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006780 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006781 if (Unqualified) {
6782 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6783 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6784 }
6785
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006786 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
6787 allLTypes = false;
6788 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
6789 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006790 }
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006791
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006792 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6793 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006794
6795 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
6796 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
6797 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006798 }
6799
6800 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
6801 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
6802
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006803 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006804 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006805 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006806 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
6807 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
6808 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
6809 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
6810 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
6811 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
6812 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
6813 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
6814 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006815
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006816 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006817 // to pass enum values.
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006818 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6819 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6820 if (argTy.isNull())
6821 return QualType();
6822 }
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006823
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006824 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
6825 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
6826 return QualType();
6827 }
6828
6829 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6830 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006831
6832 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
6833 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006834 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006835 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006836 }
6837
6838 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6839 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006840 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006841}
6842
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006843QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006844 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006845 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00006846 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
6847 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
6848 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006849 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
6850 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006851 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
6852 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006853
6854 if (Unqualified) {
6855 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6856 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6857 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006858
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006859 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6860 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6861
6862 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6863 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6864 return LHS;
6865
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006866 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00006867 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6868 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006869 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6870 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
6871 // mismatch.
6872 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006873 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
6874 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006875 return QualType();
6876
6877 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6878 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6879 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6880 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6881 // qualified __strong.
6882 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6883 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6884 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6885
6886 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6887 return QualType();
6888
6889 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6890 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
6891 }
6892 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6893 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
6894 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006895 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006896 }
6897
6898 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006899
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00006900 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
6901 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006902
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006903 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
6904 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
6905 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
6906 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00006907
6908 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006909 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6910 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
6911 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6912 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006913
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006914 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
6915 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6916 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6917
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00006918 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
6919 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
6920 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006921
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006922 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006923 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006924 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006925 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00006926 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
6927 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006928 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianadfe9052012-02-06 19:06:20 +00006929 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6930 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006931 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00006932 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006933 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianadfe9052012-02-06 19:06:20 +00006934 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6935 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006936 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00006937 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00006938 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
Fariborz Jahanian194904e2012-01-26 17:08:50 +00006939 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
6940 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
6941 return LHS;
6942 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
6943 return RHS;
6944 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00006945
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006946 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006947 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006948
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00006949 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006950 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006951#define TYPE(Class, Base)
6952#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00006953#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006954#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
6955#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
6956#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006957 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006958
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006959 case Type::LValueReference:
6960 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006961 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006962 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006963
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006964 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006965 case Type::IncompleteArray:
6966 case Type::VariableArray:
6967 case Type::FunctionProto:
6968 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006969 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006970
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006971 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006972 {
6973 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006974 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6975 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006976 if (Unqualified) {
6977 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6978 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6979 }
6980 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
6981 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006982 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00006983 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006984 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00006985 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006986 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006987 return getPointerType(ResultType);
6988 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00006989 case Type::BlockPointer:
6990 {
6991 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006992 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6993 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006994 if (Unqualified) {
6995 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6996 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6997 }
6998 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
6999 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007000 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7001 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7002 return LHS;
7003 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7004 return RHS;
7005 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
7006 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00007007 case Type::Atomic:
7008 {
7009 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
7010 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7011 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7012 if (Unqualified) {
7013 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7014 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7015 }
7016 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
7017 Unqualified);
7018 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7019 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7020 return LHS;
7021 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7022 return RHS;
7023 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
7024 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007025 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007026 {
7027 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
7028 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
7029 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
7030 return QualType();
7031
7032 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
7033 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007034 if (Unqualified) {
7035 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7036 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7037 }
7038
7039 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007040 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007041 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7042 return LHS;
7043 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7044 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007045 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
7046 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
7047 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
7048 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007049 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
7050 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007051 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7052 return LHS;
7053 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7054 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007055 if (LVAT) {
7056 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7057 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
7058 // has to be different.
7059 return LHS;
7060 }
7061 if (RVAT) {
7062 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7063 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
7064 // has to be different.
7065 return RHS;
7066 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007067 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
7068 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00007069 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
7070 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007071 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007072 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007073 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007074 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007075 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007076 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007077 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007078 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007079 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00007080 case Type::Complex:
7081 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
7082 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007083 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007084 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00007085 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
7086 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007087 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007088 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007089 case Type::ObjCObject: {
7090 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007091 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
7092 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007093 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7094 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7095 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00007096 return LHS;
7097
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007098 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00007099 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007100 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007101 if (OfBlockPointer) {
7102 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
7103 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00007104 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7105 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007106 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007107 return QualType();
7108 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007109 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7110 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007111 return LHS;
7112
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00007113 return QualType();
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007114 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007115 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007116
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007117 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007118}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00007119
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007120bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
7121 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
7122 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
7123 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() !=
7124 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs())
7125 return false;
7126 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
7127 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7128 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
7129 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7130 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments)
7131 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
7132 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
7133 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] !=
7134 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx])
7135 return false;
7136 }
7137 return true;
7138}
7139
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007140/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
7141/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
7142/// return types.
7143QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
7144 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
7145 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
7146 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
7147 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
7148 return LHS;
7149 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
7150 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
7151 return QualType();
7152 QualType OldReturnType =
7153 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7154 QualType NewReturnType =
7155 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7156 QualType ResReturnType =
7157 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
7158 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
7159 return QualType();
7160 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
7161 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
7162 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
7163 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
7164 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007165 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7166 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007167 QualType ResultType
7168 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007169 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007170 return ResultType;
7171 }
7172 }
7173 return QualType();
7174 }
7175
7176 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
7177 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7178 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7179 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
7180 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
7181 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
7182 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
7183 return QualType();
7184
7185 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
7186 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
7187 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
7188 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
7189 // qualified __strong.
7190 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7191 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7192 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
7193
7194 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
7195 return QualType();
7196
7197 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
7198 return LHS;
7199 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
7200 return RHS;
7201 return QualType();
7202 }
7203
7204 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7205 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7206 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7207 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
7208 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
7209 return LHS;
7210 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
7211 return RHS;
7212 }
7213 return QualType();
7214}
7215
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00007216//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007217// Integer Predicates
7218//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00007219
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007220unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00007221 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00007222 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00007223 if (T->isBooleanType())
7224 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00007225 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007226 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
7227}
7228
Abramo Bagnara13640492012-09-09 10:21:24 +00007229QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00007230 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007231
7232 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
7233 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
7234 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007235 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007236
7237 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
7238 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007239 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007240
7241 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7242 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007243 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
7244 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
7245 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7246 return UnsignedCharTy;
7247 case BuiltinType::Short:
7248 return UnsignedShortTy;
7249 case BuiltinType::Int:
7250 return UnsignedIntTy;
7251 case BuiltinType::Long:
7252 return UnsignedLongTy;
7253 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7254 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00007255 case BuiltinType::Int128:
7256 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007257 default:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007258 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007259 }
7260}
7261
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00007262ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
7263
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007264
7265//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7266// Builtin Type Computation
7267//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7268
7269/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007270/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
7271/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
7272/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
7273/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007274///
7275/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
7276/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007277static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007278 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007279 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007280 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007281 // Modifiers.
7282 int HowLong = 0;
7283 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007284 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007285
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007286 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007287 bool Done = false;
7288 while (!Done) {
7289 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007290 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007291 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007292 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007293 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007294 case 'S':
7295 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7296 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7297 Signed = true;
7298 break;
7299 case 'U':
7300 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7301 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7302 Unsigned = true;
7303 break;
7304 case 'L':
7305 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
7306 ++HowLong;
7307 break;
7308 }
7309 }
7310
7311 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007312
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007313 // Read the base type.
7314 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007315 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007316 case 'v':
7317 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7318 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
7319 Type = Context.VoidTy;
7320 break;
7321 case 'f':
7322 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7323 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
7324 Type = Context.FloatTy;
7325 break;
7326 case 'd':
7327 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7328 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
7329 if (HowLong)
7330 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
7331 else
7332 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
7333 break;
7334 case 's':
7335 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
7336 if (Unsigned)
7337 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
7338 else
7339 Type = Context.ShortTy;
7340 break;
7341 case 'i':
7342 if (HowLong == 3)
7343 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
7344 else if (HowLong == 2)
7345 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
7346 else if (HowLong == 1)
7347 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
7348 else
7349 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
7350 break;
7351 case 'c':
7352 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
7353 if (Signed)
7354 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
7355 else if (Unsigned)
7356 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7357 else
7358 Type = Context.CharTy;
7359 break;
7360 case 'b': // boolean
7361 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
7362 Type = Context.BoolTy;
7363 break;
7364 case 'z': // size_t.
7365 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
7366 Type = Context.getSizeType();
7367 break;
7368 case 'F':
7369 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
7370 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00007371 case 'G':
7372 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
7373 break;
7374 case 'H':
7375 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
7376 break;
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00007377 case 'M':
7378 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType();
7379 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007380 case 'a':
7381 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7382 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
7383 break;
7384 case 'A':
7385 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
7386 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
7387 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
7388 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
7389 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
7390 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
7391 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
7392 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
7393 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7394 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007395 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007396 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007397 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007398 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007399 break;
7400 case 'V': {
7401 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007402 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7403 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007404 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007405
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007406 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
7407 RequiresICE, false);
7408 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007409
7410 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00007411 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007412 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007413 break;
7414 }
Douglas Gregorfed66992012-06-07 18:08:25 +00007415 case 'E': {
7416 char *End;
7417
7418 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7419 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
7420
7421 Str = End;
7422
7423 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7424 false);
7425 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
7426 break;
7427 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007428 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007429 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7430 false);
7431 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007432 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
7433 break;
Fariborz Jahanian73952fc2011-08-23 23:33:09 +00007434 }
7435 case 'Y' : {
7436 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
7437 break;
7438 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007439 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00007440 Type = Context.getFILEType();
7441 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007442 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007443 return QualType();
7444 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007445 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007446 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007447 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007448 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007449 else
7450 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
7451
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007452 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007453 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007454 return QualType();
7455 }
7456 break;
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00007457 case 'K':
7458 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
7459 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
7460
7461 if (Type.isNull()) {
7462 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
7463 return QualType();
7464 }
7465 break;
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00007466 case 'p':
7467 Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
7468 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007469 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007470
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007471 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
7472 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007473 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00007474 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007475 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
7476 case '*':
7477 case '&': {
7478 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
7479 // qualified with an address space.
7480 char *End;
7481 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7482 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
7483 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
7484 Str = End;
7485 }
7486 if (c == '*')
7487 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
7488 else
7489 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
7490 break;
7491 }
7492 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
7493 case 'C':
7494 Type = Type.withConst();
7495 break;
7496 case 'D':
7497 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
7498 break;
Ted Kremenekf2a2f5f2012-01-20 21:40:12 +00007499 case 'R':
7500 Type = Type.withRestrict();
7501 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007502 }
7503 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007504
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007505 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007506 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007507
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007508 return Type;
7509}
7510
7511/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007512QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007513 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007514 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007515 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007516
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00007517 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007518
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007519 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007520 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007521 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
7522 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007523 if (Error != GE_None)
7524 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007525
7526 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
7527
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007528 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007529 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007530 if (Error != GE_None)
7531 return QualType();
7532
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007533 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
7534 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
7535 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
7536 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
7537
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007538 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
7539 if (Ty->isArrayType())
7540 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007541
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007542 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
7543 }
7544
7545 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
7546 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
7547
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007548 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
7549 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
7550
7551 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
7552
7553 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
7554 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
7555 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00007556
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007557 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007558 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
7559 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007560
7561 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007562}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00007563
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007564GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7565 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7566
7567 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007568 switch (L) {
7569 case NoLinkage:
7570 case InternalLinkage:
7571 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7572 return GVA_Internal;
7573
7574 case ExternalLinkage:
7575 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
7576 case TSK_Undeclared:
7577 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7578 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7579 break;
7580
7581 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7582 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7583
7584 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7585 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7586 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7587 break;
7588 }
7589 }
7590
7591 if (!FD->isInlined())
7592 return External;
7593
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00007594 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007595 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
7596 // externally visible.
7597 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
7598 return External;
7599
7600 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
7601 return GVA_C99Inline;
7602 }
7603
7604 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
7605 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
7606 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
7607 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
7608 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
7609 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
7610 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7611 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
7612 return GVA_C99Inline;
7613
7614 return GVA_CXXInline;
7615}
7616
7617GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
7618 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
7619 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
7620 // template.
7621 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
7622 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
7623 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
7624
7625 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
Rafael Espindola6525f962013-01-02 04:19:07 +00007626 assert (!(L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7627 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007628
7629 switch (L) {
7630 case NoLinkage:
7631 case InternalLinkage:
7632 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7633 return GVA_Internal;
7634
7635 case ExternalLinkage:
7636 switch (TSK) {
7637 case TSK_Undeclared:
7638 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7639 return GVA_StrongExternal;
7640
7641 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7642 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
7643 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
7644
7645 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7646 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7647
7648 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7649 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7650 }
7651 }
7652
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007653 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007654}
7655
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00007656bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007657 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7658 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
7659 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa98e8612011-09-13 21:35:00 +00007660 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007661 return false;
7662
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007663 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
7664 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
7665 return false;
7666
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007667 // Aliases and used decls are required.
7668 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7669 return true;
7670
7671 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7672 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Alexis Hunt4a8ea102011-05-06 20:44:56 +00007673 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewycky26da4dd2011-07-18 05:26:13 +00007674 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007675
7676 // Constructors and destructors are required.
7677 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
7678 return true;
7679
John McCall6bd2a892013-01-25 22:31:03 +00007680 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes
7681 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though.
7682 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7683 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7684 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7685 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
7686 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD);
7687 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
7688 return true;
7689 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007690 }
7691 }
7692
7693 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
7694
7695 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
7696 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
7697 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
7698 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
Anton Yartsev79de4d42012-02-02 06:06:34 +00007699 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007700 return false;
7701 return true;
7702 }
Douglas Gregor87d81242011-09-10 00:22:34 +00007703
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007704 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
7705 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
7706
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007707 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
7708 return false;
7709
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007710 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007711 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007712 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
7713 return true;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007714
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007715 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
7716 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
7717 return true;
7718
7719 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
7720 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))
7721 return true;
7722
7723 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007724}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007725
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007726CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) {
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007727 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007728 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic);
7729}
7730
7731CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007732 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD &&
7733 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault())
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007734 return CC_Default;
7735 return CC;
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007736}
7737
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007738bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00007739 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
7740 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
7741}
7742
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007743MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007744 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) {
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00007745 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007746 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
7747 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
7748 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007749 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007750 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007751 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
7752 }
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007753 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007754}
7755
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007756CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007757
7758size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek7d39c9a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00007759 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
7760 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
7761 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
7762 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
7763 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
7764 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
7765 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
7766 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
7767 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
7768 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
7769 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
7770 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00007771 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes)
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00007772 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007773}
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007774
David Blaikie095deba2012-11-14 01:52:05 +00007775void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) {
7776 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too
7777 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() ||
7778 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
7779 return;
7780
7781 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P =
7782 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0));
7783 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++));
7784}
7785
7786int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const {
7787 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I =
7788 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag);
7789 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1;
7790}
7791
Douglas Gregor63798542012-02-20 19:44:39 +00007792unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) {
7793 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent();
7794 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()]
7795 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator);
7796}
7797
7798
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007799void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
7800 ParamIndices[D] = index;
7801}
7802
7803unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
7804 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
7805 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
7806 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
7807 return I->second;
7808}